drivers/net/e1000/e1000_hw.c

/*******************************************************************************

  
  Copyright(c) 1999 - 2006 Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.
  
  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it 
  under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free 
  Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) 
  any later version.
  
  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT 
  ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or 
  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for 
  more details.
  
  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
  this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 
  Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA.
  
  The full GNU General Public License is included in this distribution in the
  file called LICENSE.
  
  Contact Information:
  Linux NICS <linux.nics@intel.com>
  e1000-devel Mailing List <e1000-devel@lists.sourceforge.net>
  Intel Corporation, 5200 N.E. Elam Young Parkway, Hillsboro, OR 97124-6497

*******************************************************************************/

/* e1000_hw.c
 * Shared functions for accessing and configuring the MAC
 */

#include "e1000_hw.h"

static int32_t e1000_set_phy_type(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static void e1000_phy_init_script(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static int32_t e1000_setup_copper_link(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static int32_t e1000_setup_fiber_serdes_link(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static int32_t e1000_adjust_serdes_amplitude(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static int32_t e1000_phy_force_speed_duplex(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static int32_t e1000_config_mac_to_phy(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static void e1000_raise_mdi_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t *ctrl);
static void e1000_lower_mdi_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t *ctrl);
static void e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t data,
                                     uint16_t count);
static uint16_t e1000_shift_in_mdi_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static int32_t e1000_phy_reset_dsp(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static int32_t e1000_write_eeprom_spi(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t offset,
                                      uint16_t words, uint16_t *data);
static int32_t e1000_write_eeprom_microwire(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                                            uint16_t offset, uint16_t words,
                                            uint16_t *data);
static int32_t e1000_spi_eeprom_ready(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static void e1000_raise_ee_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t *eecd);
static void e1000_lower_ee_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t *eecd);
static void e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t data,
                                    uint16_t count);
static int32_t e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t reg_addr,
                                      uint16_t phy_data);
static int32_t e1000_read_phy_reg_ex(struct e1000_hw *hw,uint32_t reg_addr,
                                     uint16_t *phy_data);
static uint16_t e1000_shift_in_ee_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t count);
static int32_t e1000_acquire_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static void e1000_release_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static void e1000_standby_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static int32_t e1000_set_vco_speed(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static int32_t e1000_polarity_reversal_workaround(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static int32_t e1000_set_phy_mode(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static int32_t e1000_host_if_read_cookie(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint8_t *buffer);
static uint8_t e1000_calculate_mng_checksum(char *buffer, uint32_t length);
static uint8_t e1000_arc_subsystem_valid(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static int32_t e1000_check_downshift(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static int32_t e1000_check_polarity(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t *polarity);
static void e1000_clear_hw_cntrs(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static void e1000_clear_vfta(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static int32_t e1000_commit_shadow_ram(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static int32_t e1000_config_dsp_after_link_change(struct e1000_hw *hw,
						  boolean_t link_up);
static int32_t e1000_config_fc_after_link_up(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static int32_t e1000_detect_gig_phy(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static int32_t e1000_get_auto_rd_done(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static int32_t e1000_get_cable_length(struct e1000_hw *hw,
				      uint16_t *min_length,
				      uint16_t *max_length);
static int32_t e1000_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static int32_t e1000_get_phy_cfg_done(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static int32_t e1000_id_led_init(struct e1000_hw * hw);
static void e1000_init_rx_addrs(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static boolean_t e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static int32_t e1000_poll_eerd_eewr_done(struct e1000_hw *hw, int eerd);
static void e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw);
static int32_t e1000_read_eeprom_eerd(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t offset,
				      uint16_t words, uint16_t *data);
static int32_t e1000_set_d0_lplu_state(struct e1000_hw *hw, boolean_t active);
static int32_t e1000_set_d3_lplu_state(struct e1000_hw *hw, boolean_t active);
static int32_t e1000_wait_autoneg(struct e1000_hw *hw);

static void e1000_write_reg_io(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t offset,
			       uint32_t value);

#define E1000_WRITE_REG_IO(a, reg, val) \
	    e1000_write_reg_io((a), E1000_##reg, val)
static int32_t e1000_configure_kmrn_for_10_100(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                                               uint16_t duplex);
static int32_t e1000_configure_kmrn_for_1000(struct e1000_hw *hw);

/* IGP cable length table */
static const
uint16_t e1000_igp_cable_length_table[IGP01E1000_AGC_LENGTH_TABLE_SIZE] =
    { 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5,
      5, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 25, 25, 25,
      25, 25, 25, 25, 30, 30, 30, 30, 40, 40, 40, 40, 40, 40, 40, 40,
      40, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60,
      60, 70, 70, 70, 70, 70, 70, 80, 80, 80, 80, 80, 80, 90, 90, 90,
      90, 90, 90, 90, 90, 90, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100,
      100, 100, 100, 100, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110,
      110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120};

static const
uint16_t e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[IGP02E1000_AGC_LENGTH_TABLE_SIZE] =
    { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 3, 5, 8, 11, 13, 16, 18, 21,
      0, 0, 0, 3, 6, 10, 13, 16, 19, 23, 26, 29, 32, 35, 38, 41,
      6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26, 30, 33, 37, 41, 44, 48, 51, 54, 58, 61,
      21, 26, 31, 35, 40, 44, 49, 53, 57, 61, 65, 68, 72, 75, 79, 82,
      40, 45, 51, 56, 61, 66, 70, 75, 79, 83, 87, 91, 94, 98, 101, 104,
      60, 66, 72, 77, 82, 87, 92, 96, 100, 104, 108, 111, 114, 117, 119, 121,
      83, 89, 95, 100, 105, 109, 113, 116, 119, 122, 124,
      104, 109, 114, 118, 121, 124};


/******************************************************************************
 * Set the phy type member in the hw struct.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_set_phy_type(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_phy_type");

    if(hw->mac_type == e1000_undefined)
        return -E1000_ERR_PHY_TYPE;

    switch(hw->phy_id) {
    case M88E1000_E_PHY_ID:
    case M88E1000_I_PHY_ID:
    case M88E1011_I_PHY_ID:
    case M88E1111_I_PHY_ID:
        hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_m88;
        break;
    case IGP01E1000_I_PHY_ID:
        if(hw->mac_type == e1000_82541 ||
           hw->mac_type == e1000_82541_rev_2 ||
           hw->mac_type == e1000_82547 ||
           hw->mac_type == e1000_82547_rev_2) {
            hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_igp;
            break;
        }
    case IGP03E1000_E_PHY_ID:
        hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_igp_3;
        break;
    case IFE_E_PHY_ID:
    case IFE_PLUS_E_PHY_ID:
    case IFE_C_E_PHY_ID:
        hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_ife;
        break;
    case GG82563_E_PHY_ID:
        if (hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) {
            hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_gg82563;
            break;
        }
        /* Fall Through */
    default:
        /* Should never have loaded on this device */
        hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_undefined;
        return -E1000_ERR_PHY_TYPE;
    }

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * IGP phy init script - initializes the GbE PHY
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *****************************************************************************/
static void
e1000_phy_init_script(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t phy_saved_data;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_init_script");

    if(hw->phy_init_script) {
        msec_delay(20);

        /* Save off the current value of register 0x2F5B to be restored at
         * the end of this routine. */
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, &phy_saved_data);

        /* Disabled the PHY transmitter */
        e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, 0x0003);

        msec_delay(20);

        e1000_write_phy_reg(hw,0x0000,0x0140);

        msec_delay(5);

        switch(hw->mac_type) {
        case e1000_82541:
        case e1000_82547:
            e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F95, 0x0001);

            e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F71, 0xBD21);

            e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F79, 0x0018);

            e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F30, 0x1600);

            e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F31, 0x0014);

            e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F32, 0x161C);

            e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F94, 0x0003);

            e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F96, 0x003F);

            e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2010, 0x0008);
            break;

        case e1000_82541_rev_2:
        case e1000_82547_rev_2:
            e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F73, 0x0099);
            break;
        default:
            break;
        }

        e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x0000, 0x3300);

        msec_delay(20);

        /* Now enable the transmitter */
        e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, phy_saved_data);

        if(hw->mac_type == e1000_82547) {
            uint16_t fused, fine, coarse;

            /* Move to analog registers page */
            e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_ANALOG_SPARE_FUSE_STATUS, &fused);

            if(!(fused & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_SPARE_FUSE_ENABLED)) {
                e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_STATUS, &fused);

                fine = fused & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_FINE_MASK;
                coarse = fused & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_COARSE_MASK;

                if(coarse > IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_COARSE_THRESH) {
                    coarse -= IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_COARSE_10;
                    fine -= IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_FINE_1;
                } else if(coarse == IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_COARSE_THRESH)
                    fine -= IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_FINE_10;

                fused = (fused & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_POLY_MASK) |
                        (fine & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_FINE_MASK) |
                        (coarse & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_COARSE_MASK);

                e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_CONTROL, fused);
                e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_BYPASS,
                                    IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_ENABLE_SW_CONTROL);
            }
        }
    }
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Set the mac type member in the hw struct.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_set_mac_type(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_mac_type");

    switch (hw->device_id) {
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82542:
        switch (hw->revision_id) {
        case E1000_82542_2_0_REV_ID:
            hw->mac_type = e1000_82542_rev2_0;
            break;
        case E1000_82542_2_1_REV_ID:
            hw->mac_type = e1000_82542_rev2_1;
            break;
        default:
            /* Invalid 82542 revision ID */
            return -E1000_ERR_MAC_TYPE;
        }
        break;
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82543GC_FIBER:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82543GC_COPPER:
        hw->mac_type = e1000_82543;
        break;
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82544EI_COPPER:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82544EI_FIBER:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82544GC_COPPER:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82544GC_LOM:
        hw->mac_type = e1000_82544;
        break;
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82540EM:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82540EM_LOM:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82540EP:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82540EP_LOM:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82540EP_LP:
        hw->mac_type = e1000_82540;
        break;
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82545EM_COPPER:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82545EM_FIBER:
        hw->mac_type = e1000_82545;
        break;
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82545GM_COPPER:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82545GM_FIBER:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82545GM_SERDES:
        hw->mac_type = e1000_82545_rev_3;
        break;
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82546EB_COPPER:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82546EB_FIBER:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82546EB_QUAD_COPPER:
        hw->mac_type = e1000_82546;
        break;
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_COPPER:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_FIBER:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_SERDES:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_PCIE:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_QUAD_COPPER:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_QUAD_COPPER_KSP3:
        hw->mac_type = e1000_82546_rev_3;
        break;
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82541EI:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82541EI_MOBILE:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82541ER_LOM:
        hw->mac_type = e1000_82541;
        break;
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82541ER:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82541GI:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82541GI_LF:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82541GI_MOBILE:
        hw->mac_type = e1000_82541_rev_2;
        break;
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82547EI:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82547EI_MOBILE:
        hw->mac_type = e1000_82547;
        break;
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82547GI:
        hw->mac_type = e1000_82547_rev_2;
        break;
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_COPPER:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_FIBER:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_SERDES:
            hw->mac_type = e1000_82571;
        break;
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82572EI_COPPER:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82572EI_FIBER:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82572EI_SERDES:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82572EI:
        hw->mac_type = e1000_82572;
        break;
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82573E:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82573E_IAMT:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82573L:
        hw->mac_type = e1000_82573;
        break;
    case E1000_DEV_ID_80003ES2LAN_COPPER_SPT:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_80003ES2LAN_SERDES_SPT:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_80003ES2LAN_COPPER_DPT:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_80003ES2LAN_SERDES_DPT:
        hw->mac_type = e1000_80003es2lan;
        break;
    case E1000_DEV_ID_ICH8_IGP_M_AMT:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_ICH8_IGP_AMT:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_ICH8_IGP_C:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_ICH8_IFE:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_ICH8_IGP_M:
        hw->mac_type = e1000_ich8lan;
        break;
    default:
        /* Should never have loaded on this device */
        return -E1000_ERR_MAC_TYPE;
    }

    switch(hw->mac_type) {
    case e1000_ich8lan:
        hw->swfwhw_semaphore_present = TRUE;
        hw->asf_firmware_present = TRUE;
        break;
    case e1000_80003es2lan:
        hw->swfw_sync_present = TRUE;
        /* fall through */
    case e1000_82571:
    case e1000_82572:
    case e1000_82573:
        hw->eeprom_semaphore_present = TRUE;
        /* fall through */
    case e1000_82541:
    case e1000_82547:
    case e1000_82541_rev_2:
    case e1000_82547_rev_2:
        hw->asf_firmware_present = TRUE;
        break;
    default:
        break;
    }

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/*****************************************************************************
 * Set media type and TBI compatibility.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * **************************************************************************/
void
e1000_set_media_type(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t status;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_media_type");

    if(hw->mac_type != e1000_82543) {
        /* tbi_compatibility is only valid on 82543 */
        hw->tbi_compatibility_en = FALSE;
    }

    switch (hw->device_id) {
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82545GM_SERDES:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_SERDES:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_SERDES:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_82572EI_SERDES:
    case E1000_DEV_ID_80003ES2LAN_SERDES_DPT:
        hw->media_type = e1000_media_type_internal_serdes;
        break;
    default:
        switch (hw->mac_type) {
        case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
        case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
            hw->media_type = e1000_media_type_fiber;
            break;
        case e1000_ich8lan:
        case e1000_82573:
            /* The STATUS_TBIMODE bit is reserved or reused for the this
             * device.
             */
            hw->media_type = e1000_media_type_copper;
            break;
        default:
            status = E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS);
            if (status & E1000_STATUS_TBIMODE) {
                hw->media_type = e1000_media_type_fiber;
                /* tbi_compatibility not valid on fiber */
                hw->tbi_compatibility_en = FALSE;
            } else {
                hw->media_type = e1000_media_type_copper;
            }
            break;
        }
    }
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Reset the transmit and receive units; mask and clear all interrupts.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_reset_hw(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t ctrl;
    uint32_t ctrl_ext;
    uint32_t icr;
    uint32_t manc;
    uint32_t led_ctrl;
    uint32_t timeout;
    uint32_t extcnf_ctrl;
    int32_t ret_val;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_reset_hw");

    /* For 82542 (rev 2.0), disable MWI before issuing a device reset */
    if(hw->mac_type == e1000_82542_rev2_0) {
        DEBUGOUT("Disabling MWI on 82542 rev 2.0\n");
        e1000_pci_clear_mwi(hw);
    }

    if(hw->bus_type == e1000_bus_type_pci_express) {
        /* Prevent the PCI-E bus from sticking if there is no TLP connection
         * on the last TLP read/write transaction when MAC is reset.
         */
        if(e1000_disable_pciex_master(hw) != E1000_SUCCESS) {
            DEBUGOUT("PCI-E Master disable polling has failed.\n");
        }
    }

    /* Clear interrupt mask to stop board from generating interrupts */
    DEBUGOUT("Masking off all interrupts\n");
    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, IMC, 0xffffffff);

    /* Disable the Transmit and Receive units.  Then delay to allow
     * any pending transactions to complete before we hit the MAC with
     * the global reset.
     */
    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, RCTL, 0);
    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TCTL, E1000_TCTL_PSP);
    E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);

    /* The tbi_compatibility_on Flag must be cleared when Rctl is cleared. */
    hw->tbi_compatibility_on = FALSE;

    /* Delay to allow any outstanding PCI transactions to complete before
     * resetting the device
     */
    msec_delay(10);

    ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);

    /* Must reset the PHY before resetting the MAC */
    if((hw->mac_type == e1000_82541) || (hw->mac_type == e1000_82547)) {
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, (ctrl | E1000_CTRL_PHY_RST));
        msec_delay(5);
    }

    /* Must acquire the MDIO ownership before MAC reset.
     * Ownership defaults to firmware after a reset. */
    if(hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) {
        timeout = 10;

        extcnf_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EXTCNF_CTRL);
        extcnf_ctrl |= E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_MDIO_SW_OWNERSHIP;

        do {
            E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EXTCNF_CTRL, extcnf_ctrl);
            extcnf_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EXTCNF_CTRL);

            if(extcnf_ctrl & E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_MDIO_SW_OWNERSHIP)
                break;
            else
                extcnf_ctrl |= E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_MDIO_SW_OWNERSHIP;

            msec_delay(2);
            timeout--;
        } while(timeout);
    }

    /* Workaround for ICH8 bit corruption issue in FIFO memory */
    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
        /* Set Tx and Rx buffer allocation to 8k apiece. */
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, PBA, E1000_PBA_8K);
        /* Set Packet Buffer Size to 16k. */
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, PBS, E1000_PBS_16K);
    }

    /* Issue a global reset to the MAC.  This will reset the chip's
     * transmit, receive, DMA, and link units.  It will not effect
     * the current PCI configuration.  The global reset bit is self-
     * clearing, and should clear within a microsecond.
     */
    DEBUGOUT("Issuing a global reset to MAC\n");

    switch(hw->mac_type) {
        case e1000_82544:
        case e1000_82540:
        case e1000_82545:
        case e1000_82546:
        case e1000_82541:
        case e1000_82541_rev_2:
            /* These controllers can't ack the 64-bit write when issuing the
             * reset, so use IO-mapping as a workaround to issue the reset */
            E1000_WRITE_REG_IO(hw, CTRL, (ctrl | E1000_CTRL_RST));
            break;
        case e1000_82545_rev_3:
        case e1000_82546_rev_3:
            /* Reset is performed on a shadow of the control register */
            E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_DUP, (ctrl | E1000_CTRL_RST));
            break;
        case e1000_ich8lan:
            if (!hw->phy_reset_disable &&
                e1000_check_phy_reset_block(hw) == E1000_SUCCESS) {
                /* e1000_ich8lan PHY HW reset requires MAC CORE reset
                 * at the same time to make sure the interface between
                 * MAC and the external PHY is reset.
                 */
                ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_PHY_RST;
            }

            e1000_get_software_flag(hw);
            E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, (ctrl | E1000_CTRL_RST));
            msec_delay(5);
            break;
        default:
            E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, (ctrl | E1000_CTRL_RST));
            break;
    }

    /* After MAC reset, force reload of EEPROM to restore power-on settings to
     * device.  Later controllers reload the EEPROM automatically, so just wait
     * for reload to complete.
     */
    switch(hw->mac_type) {
        case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
        case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
        case e1000_82543:
        case e1000_82544:
            /* Wait for reset to complete */
            udelay(10);
            ctrl_ext = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT);
            ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_EE_RST;
            E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
            E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
            /* Wait for EEPROM reload */
            msec_delay(2);
            break;
        case e1000_82541:
        case e1000_82541_rev_2:
        case e1000_82547:
        case e1000_82547_rev_2:
            /* Wait for EEPROM reload */
            msec_delay(20);
            break;
        case e1000_82573:
            if (e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(hw) == FALSE) {
                udelay(10);
                ctrl_ext = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT);
                ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_EE_RST;
                E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
                E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
            }
            /* fall through */
        case e1000_82571:
        case e1000_82572:
        case e1000_ich8lan:
        case e1000_80003es2lan:
            ret_val = e1000_get_auto_rd_done(hw);
            if(ret_val)
                /* We don't want to continue accessing MAC registers. */
                return ret_val;
            break;
        default:
            /* Wait for EEPROM reload (it happens automatically) */
            msec_delay(5);
            break;
    }

    /* Disable HW ARPs on ASF enabled adapters */
    if(hw->mac_type >= e1000_82540 && hw->mac_type <= e1000_82547_rev_2) {
        manc = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MANC);
        manc &= ~(E1000_MANC_ARP_EN);
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, MANC, manc);
    }

    if((hw->mac_type == e1000_82541) || (hw->mac_type == e1000_82547)) {
        e1000_phy_init_script(hw);

        /* Configure activity LED after PHY reset */
        led_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, LEDCTL);
        led_ctrl &= IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_MASK;
        led_ctrl |= (IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_ENABLE | IGP_LED3_MODE);
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, led_ctrl);
    }

    /* Clear interrupt mask to stop board from generating interrupts */
    DEBUGOUT("Masking off all interrupts\n");
    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, IMC, 0xffffffff);

    /* Clear any pending interrupt events. */
    icr = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICR);

    /* If MWI was previously enabled, reenable it. */
    if(hw->mac_type == e1000_82542_rev2_0) {
        if(hw->pci_cmd_word & CMD_MEM_WRT_INVALIDATE)
            e1000_pci_set_mwi(hw);
    }

    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
        uint32_t kab = E1000_READ_REG(hw, KABGTXD);
        kab |= E1000_KABGTXD_BGSQLBIAS;
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, KABGTXD, kab);
    }

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Performs basic configuration of the adapter.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *
 * Assumes that the controller has previously been reset and is in a
 * post-reset uninitialized state. Initializes the receive address registers,
 * multicast table, and VLAN filter table. Calls routines to setup link
 * configuration and flow control settings. Clears all on-chip counters. Leaves
 * the transmit and receive units disabled and uninitialized.
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_init_hw(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t ctrl;
    uint32_t i;
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t pcix_cmd_word;
    uint16_t pcix_stat_hi_word;
    uint16_t cmd_mmrbc;
    uint16_t stat_mmrbc;
    uint32_t mta_size;
    uint32_t reg_data;
    uint32_t ctrl_ext;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_init_hw");

    /* force full DMA clock frequency for 10/100 on ICH8 A0-B0 */
    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
        reg_data = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TARC0);
        reg_data |= 0x30000000;
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TARC0, reg_data);

        reg_data = E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS);
        reg_data &= ~0x80000000;
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, STATUS, reg_data);
    }

    /* Initialize Identification LED */
    ret_val = e1000_id_led_init(hw);
    if(ret_val) {
        DEBUGOUT("Error Initializing Identification LED\n");
        return ret_val;
    }

    /* Set the media type and TBI compatibility */
    e1000_set_media_type(hw);

    /* Disabling VLAN filtering. */
    DEBUGOUT("Initializing the IEEE VLAN\n");
    /* VET hardcoded to standard value and VFTA removed in ICH8 LAN */
    if (hw->mac_type != e1000_ich8lan) {
        if (hw->mac_type < e1000_82545_rev_3)
            E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, VET, 0);
        e1000_clear_vfta(hw);
    }

    /* For 82542 (rev 2.0), disable MWI and put the receiver into reset */
    if(hw->mac_type == e1000_82542_rev2_0) {
        DEBUGOUT("Disabling MWI on 82542 rev 2.0\n");
        e1000_pci_clear_mwi(hw);
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, RCTL, E1000_RCTL_RST);
        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
        msec_delay(5);
    }

    /* Setup the receive address. This involves initializing all of the Receive
     * Address Registers (RARs 0 - 15).
     */
    e1000_init_rx_addrs(hw);

    /* For 82542 (rev 2.0), take the receiver out of reset and enable MWI */
    if(hw->mac_type == e1000_82542_rev2_0) {
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, RCTL, 0);
        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
        msec_delay(1);
        if(hw->pci_cmd_word & CMD_MEM_WRT_INVALIDATE)
            e1000_pci_set_mwi(hw);
    }

    /* Zero out the Multicast HASH table */
    DEBUGOUT("Zeroing the MTA\n");
    mta_size = E1000_MC_TBL_SIZE;
    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
        mta_size = E1000_MC_TBL_SIZE_ICH8LAN;
    for(i = 0; i < mta_size; i++) {
        E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, i, 0);
        /* use write flush to prevent Memory Write Block (MWB) from
         * occuring when accessing our register space */
        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
    }

    /* Set the PCI priority bit correctly in the CTRL register.  This
     * determines if the adapter gives priority to receives, or if it
     * gives equal priority to transmits and receives.  Valid only on
     * 82542 and 82543 silicon.
     */
    if(hw->dma_fairness && hw->mac_type <= e1000_82543) {
        ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl | E1000_CTRL_PRIOR);
    }

    switch(hw->mac_type) {
    case e1000_82545_rev_3:
    case e1000_82546_rev_3:
        break;
    default:
        /* Workaround for PCI-X problem when BIOS sets MMRBC incorrectly. */
        if(hw->bus_type == e1000_bus_type_pcix) {
            e1000_read_pci_cfg(hw, PCIX_COMMAND_REGISTER, &pcix_cmd_word);
            e1000_read_pci_cfg(hw, PCIX_STATUS_REGISTER_HI,
                &pcix_stat_hi_word);
            cmd_mmrbc = (pcix_cmd_word & PCIX_COMMAND_MMRBC_MASK) >>
                PCIX_COMMAND_MMRBC_SHIFT;
            stat_mmrbc = (pcix_stat_hi_word & PCIX_STATUS_HI_MMRBC_MASK) >>
                PCIX_STATUS_HI_MMRBC_SHIFT;
            if(stat_mmrbc == PCIX_STATUS_HI_MMRBC_4K)
                stat_mmrbc = PCIX_STATUS_HI_MMRBC_2K;
            if(cmd_mmrbc > stat_mmrbc) {
                pcix_cmd_word &= ~PCIX_COMMAND_MMRBC_MASK;
                pcix_cmd_word |= stat_mmrbc << PCIX_COMMAND_MMRBC_SHIFT;
                e1000_write_pci_cfg(hw, PCIX_COMMAND_REGISTER,
                    &pcix_cmd_word);
            }
        }
        break;
    }

    /* More time needed for PHY to initialize */
    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
        msec_delay(15);

    /* Call a subroutine to configure the link and setup flow control. */
    ret_val = e1000_setup_link(hw);

    /* Set the transmit descriptor write-back policy */
    if(hw->mac_type > e1000_82544) {
        ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TXDCTL);
        ctrl = (ctrl & ~E1000_TXDCTL_WTHRESH) | E1000_TXDCTL_FULL_TX_DESC_WB;
        switch (hw->mac_type) {
        default:
            break;
        case e1000_82571:
        case e1000_82572:
        case e1000_82573:
        case e1000_ich8lan:
        case e1000_80003es2lan:
            ctrl |= E1000_TXDCTL_COUNT_DESC;
            break;
        }
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TXDCTL, ctrl);
    }

    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) {
        e1000_enable_tx_pkt_filtering(hw);
    }

    switch (hw->mac_type) {
    default:
        break;
    case e1000_80003es2lan:
        /* Enable retransmit on late collisions */
        reg_data = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TCTL);
        reg_data |= E1000_TCTL_RTLC;
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TCTL, reg_data);

        /* Configure Gigabit Carry Extend Padding */
        reg_data = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TCTL_EXT);
        reg_data &= ~E1000_TCTL_EXT_GCEX_MASK;
        reg_data |= DEFAULT_80003ES2LAN_TCTL_EXT_GCEX;
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TCTL_EXT, reg_data);

        /* Configure Transmit Inter-Packet Gap */
        reg_data = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TIPG);
        reg_data &= ~E1000_TIPG_IPGT_MASK;
        reg_data |= DEFAULT_80003ES2LAN_TIPG_IPGT_1000;
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TIPG, reg_data);

        reg_data = E1000_READ_REG_ARRAY(hw, FFLT, 0x0001);
        reg_data &= ~0x00100000;
        E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, FFLT, 0x0001, reg_data);
        /* Fall through */
    case e1000_82571:
    case e1000_82572:
    case e1000_ich8lan:
        ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TXDCTL1);
        ctrl = (ctrl & ~E1000_TXDCTL_WTHRESH) | E1000_TXDCTL_FULL_TX_DESC_WB;
        if(hw->mac_type >= e1000_82571)
            ctrl |= E1000_TXDCTL_COUNT_DESC;
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TXDCTL1, ctrl);
        break;
    }



    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) {
        uint32_t gcr = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GCR);
        gcr |= E1000_GCR_L1_ACT_WITHOUT_L0S_RX;
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, GCR, gcr);
    }

    /* Clear all of the statistics registers (clear on read).  It is
     * important that we do this after we have tried to establish link
     * because the symbol error count will increment wildly if there
     * is no link.
     */
    e1000_clear_hw_cntrs(hw);

    /* ICH8 No-snoop bits are opposite polarity.
     * Set to snoop by default after reset. */
    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
        e1000_set_pci_ex_no_snoop(hw, PCI_EX_82566_SNOOP_ALL);

    if (hw->device_id == E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_QUAD_COPPER ||
        hw->device_id == E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_QUAD_COPPER_KSP3) {
        ctrl_ext = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT);
        /* Relaxed ordering must be disabled to avoid a parity
         * error crash in a PCI slot. */
        ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_RO_DIS;
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
    }

    return ret_val;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Adjust SERDES output amplitude based on EEPROM setting.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code.
 *****************************************************************************/
static int32_t
e1000_adjust_serdes_amplitude(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint16_t eeprom_data;
    int32_t  ret_val;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_adjust_serdes_amplitude");

    if(hw->media_type != e1000_media_type_internal_serdes)
        return E1000_SUCCESS;

    switch(hw->mac_type) {
    case e1000_82545_rev_3:
    case e1000_82546_rev_3:
        break;
    default:
        return E1000_SUCCESS;
    }

    ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_SERDES_AMPLITUDE, 1, &eeprom_data);
    if (ret_val) {
        return ret_val;
    }

    if(eeprom_data != EEPROM_RESERVED_WORD) {
        /* Adjust SERDES output amplitude only. */
        eeprom_data &= EEPROM_SERDES_AMPLITUDE_MASK;
        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_EXT_CTRL, eeprom_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;
    }

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Configures flow control and link settings.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *
 * Determines which flow control settings to use. Calls the apropriate media-
 * specific link configuration function. Configures the flow control settings.
 * Assuming the adapter has a valid link partner, a valid link should be
 * established. Assumes the hardware has previously been reset and the
 * transmitter and receiver are not enabled.
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_setup_link(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t ctrl_ext;
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t eeprom_data;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_setup_link");

    /* In the case of the phy reset being blocked, we already have a link.
     * We do not have to set it up again. */
    if (e1000_check_phy_reset_block(hw))
        return E1000_SUCCESS;

    /* Read and store word 0x0F of the EEPROM. This word contains bits
     * that determine the hardware's default PAUSE (flow control) mode,
     * a bit that determines whether the HW defaults to enabling or
     * disabling auto-negotiation, and the direction of the
     * SW defined pins. If there is no SW over-ride of the flow
     * control setting, then the variable hw->fc will
     * be initialized based on a value in the EEPROM.
     */
    if (hw->fc == e1000_fc_default) {
        switch (hw->mac_type) {
        case e1000_ich8lan:
        case e1000_82573:
            hw->fc = e1000_fc_full;
            break;
        default:
            ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_INIT_CONTROL2_REG,
                                        1, &eeprom_data);
            if (ret_val) {
                DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
                return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
            }
            if ((eeprom_data & EEPROM_WORD0F_PAUSE_MASK) == 0)
                hw->fc = e1000_fc_none;
            else if ((eeprom_data & EEPROM_WORD0F_PAUSE_MASK) ==
                    EEPROM_WORD0F_ASM_DIR)
                hw->fc = e1000_fc_tx_pause;
            else
                hw->fc = e1000_fc_full;
            break;
        }
    }

    /* We want to save off the original Flow Control configuration just
     * in case we get disconnected and then reconnected into a different
     * hub or switch with different Flow Control capabilities.
     */
    if(hw->mac_type == e1000_82542_rev2_0)
        hw->fc &= (~e1000_fc_tx_pause);

    if((hw->mac_type < e1000_82543) && (hw->report_tx_early == 1))
        hw->fc &= (~e1000_fc_rx_pause);

    hw->original_fc = hw->fc;

    DEBUGOUT1("After fix-ups FlowControl is now = %x\n", hw->fc);

    /* Take the 4 bits from EEPROM word 0x0F that determine the initial
     * polarity value for the SW controlled pins, and setup the
     * Extended Device Control reg with that info.
     * This is needed because one of the SW controlled pins is used for
     * signal detection.  So this should be done before e1000_setup_pcs_link()
     * or e1000_phy_setup() is called.
     */
    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82543) {
		ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_INIT_CONTROL2_REG,
									1, &eeprom_data);
		if (ret_val) {
			DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
			return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
		}
        ctrl_ext = ((eeprom_data & EEPROM_WORD0F_SWPDIO_EXT) <<
                    SWDPIO__EXT_SHIFT);
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
    }

    /* Call the necessary subroutine to configure the link. */
    ret_val = (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper) ?
              e1000_setup_copper_link(hw) :
              e1000_setup_fiber_serdes_link(hw);

    /* Initialize the flow control address, type, and PAUSE timer
     * registers to their default values.  This is done even if flow
     * control is disabled, because it does not hurt anything to
     * initialize these registers.
     */
    DEBUGOUT("Initializing the Flow Control address, type and timer regs\n");

    /* FCAL/H and FCT are hardcoded to standard values in e1000_ich8lan. */
    if (hw->mac_type != e1000_ich8lan) {
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCT, FLOW_CONTROL_TYPE);
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCAH, FLOW_CONTROL_ADDRESS_HIGH);
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCAL, FLOW_CONTROL_ADDRESS_LOW);
    }

    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCTTV, hw->fc_pause_time);

    /* Set the flow control receive threshold registers.  Normally,
     * these registers will be set to a default threshold that may be
     * adjusted later by the driver's runtime code.  However, if the
     * ability to transmit pause frames in not enabled, then these
     * registers will be set to 0.
     */
    if(!(hw->fc & e1000_fc_tx_pause)) {
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCRTL, 0);
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCRTH, 0);
    } else {
        /* We need to set up the Receive Threshold high and low water marks
         * as well as (optionally) enabling the transmission of XON frames.
         */
        if(hw->fc_send_xon) {
            E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCRTL, (hw->fc_low_water | E1000_FCRTL_XONE));
            E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCRTH, hw->fc_high_water);
        } else {
            E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCRTL, hw->fc_low_water);
            E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCRTH, hw->fc_high_water);
        }
    }
    return ret_val;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Sets up link for a fiber based or serdes based adapter
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *
 * Manipulates Physical Coding Sublayer functions in order to configure
 * link. Assumes the hardware has been previously reset and the transmitter
 * and receiver are not enabled.
 *****************************************************************************/
static int32_t
e1000_setup_fiber_serdes_link(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t ctrl;
    uint32_t status;
    uint32_t txcw = 0;
    uint32_t i;
    uint32_t signal = 0;
    int32_t ret_val;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_setup_fiber_serdes_link");

    /* On 82571 and 82572 Fiber connections, SerDes loopback mode persists
     * until explicitly turned off or a power cycle is performed.  A read to
     * the register does not indicate its status.  Therefore, we ensure
     * loopback mode is disabled during initialization.
     */
    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82571 || hw->mac_type == e1000_82572)
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, SCTL, E1000_DISABLE_SERDES_LOOPBACK);

    /* On adapters with a MAC newer than 82544, SW Defineable pin 1 will be
     * set when the optics detect a signal. On older adapters, it will be
     * cleared when there is a signal.  This applies to fiber media only.
     * If we're on serdes media, adjust the output amplitude to value set in
     * the EEPROM.
     */
    ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
    if(hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber)
        signal = (hw->mac_type > e1000_82544) ? E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN1 : 0;

    ret_val = e1000_adjust_serdes_amplitude(hw);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    /* Take the link out of reset */
    ctrl &= ~(E1000_CTRL_LRST);

    /* Adjust VCO speed to improve BER performance */
    ret_val = e1000_set_vco_speed(hw);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    e1000_config_collision_dist(hw);

    /* Check for a software override of the flow control settings, and setup
     * the device accordingly.  If auto-negotiation is enabled, then software
     * will have to set the "PAUSE" bits to the correct value in the Tranmsit
     * Config Word Register (TXCW) and re-start auto-negotiation.  However, if
     * auto-negotiation is disabled, then software will have to manually
     * configure the two flow control enable bits in the CTRL register.
     *
     * The possible values of the "fc" parameter are:
     *      0:  Flow control is completely disabled
     *      1:  Rx flow control is enabled (we can receive pause frames, but
     *          not send pause frames).
     *      2:  Tx flow control is enabled (we can send pause frames but we do
     *          not support receiving pause frames).
     *      3:  Both Rx and TX flow control (symmetric) are enabled.
     */
    switch (hw->fc) {
    case e1000_fc_none:
        /* Flow control is completely disabled by a software over-ride. */
        txcw = (E1000_TXCW_ANE | E1000_TXCW_FD);
        break;
    case e1000_fc_rx_pause:
        /* RX Flow control is enabled and TX Flow control is disabled by a
         * software over-ride. Since there really isn't a way to advertise
         * that we are capable of RX Pause ONLY, we will advertise that we
         * support both symmetric and asymmetric RX PAUSE. Later, we will
         *  disable the adapter's ability to send PAUSE frames.
         */
        txcw = (E1000_TXCW_ANE | E1000_TXCW_FD | E1000_TXCW_PAUSE_MASK);
        break;
    case e1000_fc_tx_pause:
        /* TX Flow control is enabled, and RX Flow control is disabled, by a
         * software over-ride.
         */
        txcw = (E1000_TXCW_ANE | E1000_TXCW_FD | E1000_TXCW_ASM_DIR);
        break;
    case e1000_fc_full:
        /* Flow control (both RX and TX) is enabled by a software over-ride. */
        txcw = (E1000_TXCW_ANE | E1000_TXCW_FD | E1000_TXCW_PAUSE_MASK);
        break;
    default:
        DEBUGOUT("Flow control param set incorrectly\n");
        return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
        break;
    }

    /* Since auto-negotiation is enabled, take the link out of reset (the link
     * will be in reset, because we previously reset the chip). This will
     * restart auto-negotiation.  If auto-neogtiation is successful then the
     * link-up status bit will be set and the flow control enable bits (RFCE
     * and TFCE) will be set according to their negotiated value.
     */
    DEBUGOUT("Auto-negotiation enabled\n");

    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TXCW, txcw);
    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
    E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);

    hw->txcw = txcw;
    msec_delay(1);

    /* If we have a signal (the cable is plugged in) then poll for a "Link-Up"
     * indication in the Device Status Register.  Time-out if a link isn't
     * seen in 500 milliseconds seconds (Auto-negotiation should complete in
     * less than 500 milliseconds even if the other end is doing it in SW).
     * For internal serdes, we just assume a signal is present, then poll.
     */
    if(hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes ||
       (E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL) & E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN1) == signal) {
        DEBUGOUT("Looking for Link\n");
        for(i = 0; i < (LINK_UP_TIMEOUT / 10); i++) {
            msec_delay(10);
            status = E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS);
            if(status & E1000_STATUS_LU) break;
        }
        if(i == (LINK_UP_TIMEOUT / 10)) {
            DEBUGOUT("Never got a valid link from auto-neg!!!\n");
            hw->autoneg_failed = 1;
            /* AutoNeg failed to achieve a link, so we'll call
             * e1000_check_for_link. This routine will force the link up if
             * we detect a signal. This will allow us to communicate with
             * non-autonegotiating link partners.
             */
            ret_val = e1000_check_for_link(hw);
            if(ret_val) {
                DEBUGOUT("Error while checking for link\n");
                return ret_val;
            }
            hw->autoneg_failed = 0;
        } else {
            hw->autoneg_failed = 0;
            DEBUGOUT("Valid Link Found\n");
        }
    } else {
        DEBUGOUT("No Signal Detected\n");
    }
    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
* Make sure we have a valid PHY and change PHY mode before link setup.
*
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
******************************************************************************/
static int32_t
e1000_copper_link_preconfig(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t ctrl;
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t phy_data;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_copper_link_preconfig");

    ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
    /* With 82543, we need to force speed and duplex on the MAC equal to what
     * the PHY speed and duplex configuration is. In addition, we need to
     * perform a hardware reset on the PHY to take it out of reset.
     */
    if(hw->mac_type > e1000_82543) {
        ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SLU;
        ctrl &= ~(E1000_CTRL_FRCSPD | E1000_CTRL_FRCDPX);
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
    } else {
        ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_FRCSPD | E1000_CTRL_FRCDPX | E1000_CTRL_SLU);
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
        ret_val = e1000_phy_hw_reset(hw);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;
    }

    /* Make sure we have a valid PHY */
    ret_val = e1000_detect_gig_phy(hw);
    if(ret_val) {
        DEBUGOUT("Error, did not detect valid phy.\n");
        return ret_val;
    }
    DEBUGOUT1("Phy ID = %x \n", hw->phy_id);

    /* Set PHY to class A mode (if necessary) */
    ret_val = e1000_set_phy_mode(hw);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    if((hw->mac_type == e1000_82545_rev_3) ||
       (hw->mac_type == e1000_82546_rev_3)) {
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
        phy_data |= 0x00000008;
        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
    }

    if(hw->mac_type <= e1000_82543 ||
       hw->mac_type == e1000_82541 || hw->mac_type == e1000_82547 ||
       hw->mac_type == e1000_82541_rev_2 || hw->mac_type == e1000_82547_rev_2)
        hw->phy_reset_disable = FALSE;

   return E1000_SUCCESS;
}


/********************************************************************
* Copper link setup for e1000_phy_igp series.
*
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
*********************************************************************/
static int32_t
e1000_copper_link_igp_setup(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t led_ctrl;
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t phy_data;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_copper_link_igp_setup");

    if (hw->phy_reset_disable)
        return E1000_SUCCESS;

    ret_val = e1000_phy_reset(hw);
    if (ret_val) {
        DEBUGOUT("Error Resetting the PHY\n");
        return ret_val;
    }

    /* Wait 10ms for MAC to configure PHY from eeprom settings */
    msec_delay(15);
    if (hw->mac_type != e1000_ich8lan) {
    /* Configure activity LED after PHY reset */
    led_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, LEDCTL);
    led_ctrl &= IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_MASK;
    led_ctrl |= (IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_ENABLE | IGP_LED3_MODE);
    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, led_ctrl);
    }

    /* The NVM settings will configure LPLU in D3 for IGP2 and IGP3 PHYs */
    if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp) {
        /* disable lplu d3 during driver init */
        ret_val = e1000_set_d3_lplu_state(hw, FALSE);
        if (ret_val) {
            DEBUGOUT("Error Disabling LPLU D3\n");
            return ret_val;
        }
    }

    /* disable lplu d0 during driver init */
    ret_val = e1000_set_d0_lplu_state(hw, FALSE);
    if (ret_val) {
        DEBUGOUT("Error Disabling LPLU D0\n");
        return ret_val;
    }
    /* Configure mdi-mdix settings */
    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CTRL, &phy_data);
    if (ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82541) || (hw->mac_type == e1000_82547)) {
        hw->dsp_config_state = e1000_dsp_config_disabled;
        /* Force MDI for earlier revs of the IGP PHY */
        phy_data &= ~(IGP01E1000_PSCR_AUTO_MDIX | IGP01E1000_PSCR_FORCE_MDI_MDIX);
        hw->mdix = 1;

    } else {
        hw->dsp_config_state = e1000_dsp_config_enabled;
        phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCR_AUTO_MDIX;

        switch (hw->mdix) {
        case 1:
            phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCR_FORCE_MDI_MDIX;
            break;
        case 2:
            phy_data |= IGP01E1000_PSCR_FORCE_MDI_MDIX;
            break;
        case 0:
        default:
            phy_data |= IGP01E1000_PSCR_AUTO_MDIX;
            break;
        }
    }
    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CTRL, phy_data);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    /* set auto-master slave resolution settings */
    if(hw->autoneg) {
        e1000_ms_type phy_ms_setting = hw->master_slave;

        if(hw->ffe_config_state == e1000_ffe_config_active)
            hw->ffe_config_state = e1000_ffe_config_enabled;

        if(hw->dsp_config_state == e1000_dsp_config_activated)
            hw->dsp_config_state = e1000_dsp_config_enabled;

        /* when autonegotiation advertisment is only 1000Mbps then we
          * should disable SmartSpeed and enable Auto MasterSlave
          * resolution as hardware default. */
        if(hw->autoneg_advertised == ADVERTISE_1000_FULL) {
            /* Disable SmartSpeed */
            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG, &phy_data);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;
            phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw,
                                                  IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
                                                  phy_data);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;
            /* Set auto Master/Slave resolution process */
            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, &phy_data);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;
            phy_data &= ~CR_1000T_MS_ENABLE;
            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, phy_data);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;
        }

        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, &phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        /* load defaults for future use */
        hw->original_master_slave = (phy_data & CR_1000T_MS_ENABLE) ?
                                        ((phy_data & CR_1000T_MS_VALUE) ?
                                         e1000_ms_force_master :
                                         e1000_ms_force_slave) :
                                         e1000_ms_auto;

        switch (phy_ms_setting) {
        case e1000_ms_force_master:
            phy_data |= (CR_1000T_MS_ENABLE | CR_1000T_MS_VALUE);
            break;
        case e1000_ms_force_slave:
            phy_data |= CR_1000T_MS_ENABLE;
            phy_data &= ~(CR_1000T_MS_VALUE);
            break;
        case e1000_ms_auto:
            phy_data &= ~CR_1000T_MS_ENABLE;
            default:
            break;
        }
        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;
    }

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/********************************************************************
* Copper link setup for e1000_phy_gg82563 series.
*
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
*********************************************************************/
static int32_t
e1000_copper_link_ggp_setup(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t phy_data;
    uint32_t reg_data;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_copper_link_ggp_setup");

    if(!hw->phy_reset_disable) {

        /* Enable CRS on TX for half-duplex operation. */
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_MAC_SPEC_CTRL,
                                     &phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        phy_data |= GG82563_MSCR_ASSERT_CRS_ON_TX;
        /* Use 25MHz for both link down and 1000BASE-T for Tx clock */
        phy_data |= GG82563_MSCR_TX_CLK_1000MBPS_25MHZ;

        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_MAC_SPEC_CTRL,
                                      phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        /* Options:
         *   MDI/MDI-X = 0 (default)
         *   0 - Auto for all speeds
         *   1 - MDI mode
         *   2 - MDI-X mode
         *   3 - Auto for 1000Base-T only (MDI-X for 10/100Base-T modes)
         */
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        phy_data &= ~GG82563_PSCR_CROSSOVER_MODE_MASK;

        switch (hw->mdix) {
        case 1:
            phy_data |= GG82563_PSCR_CROSSOVER_MODE_MDI;
            break;
        case 2:
            phy_data |= GG82563_PSCR_CROSSOVER_MODE_MDIX;
            break;
        case 0:
        default:
            phy_data |= GG82563_PSCR_CROSSOVER_MODE_AUTO;
            break;
        }

        /* Options:
         *   disable_polarity_correction = 0 (default)
         *       Automatic Correction for Reversed Cable Polarity
         *   0 - Disabled
         *   1 - Enabled
         */
        phy_data &= ~GG82563_PSCR_POLARITY_REVERSAL_DISABLE;
        if(hw->disable_polarity_correction == 1)
            phy_data |= GG82563_PSCR_POLARITY_REVERSAL_DISABLE;
        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);

        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        /* SW Reset the PHY so all changes take effect */
        ret_val = e1000_phy_reset(hw);
        if (ret_val) {
            DEBUGOUT("Error Resetting the PHY\n");
            return ret_val;
        }
    } /* phy_reset_disable */

    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) {
        /* Bypass RX and TX FIFO's */
        ret_val = e1000_write_kmrn_reg(hw, E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_OFFSET_FIFO_CTRL,
                                       E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_FIFO_CTRL_RX_BYPASS |
                                       E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_FIFO_CTRL_TX_BYPASS);
        if (ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_SPEC_CTRL_2, &phy_data);
        if (ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        phy_data &= ~GG82563_PSCR2_REVERSE_AUTO_NEG;
        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_SPEC_CTRL_2, phy_data);

        if (ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        reg_data = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT);
        reg_data &= ~(E1000_CTRL_EXT_LINK_MODE_MASK);
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, reg_data);

        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_PWR_MGMT_CTRL,
                                          &phy_data);
        if (ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        /* Do not init these registers when the HW is in IAMT mode, since the
         * firmware will have already initialized them.  We only initialize
         * them if the HW is not in IAMT mode.
         */
        if (e1000_check_mng_mode(hw) == FALSE) {
            /* Enable Electrical Idle on the PHY */
            phy_data |= GG82563_PMCR_ENABLE_ELECTRICAL_IDLE;
            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_PWR_MGMT_CTRL,
                                          phy_data);
            if (ret_val)
                return ret_val;

            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_KMRN_MODE_CTRL,
                                         &phy_data);
            if (ret_val)
                return ret_val;

            phy_data &= ~GG82563_KMCR_PASS_FALSE_CARRIER;

            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_KMRN_MODE_CTRL,
                                          phy_data);
            if (ret_val)
                return ret_val;
        }

        /* Workaround: Disable padding in Kumeran interface in the MAC
         * and in the PHY to avoid CRC errors.
         */
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_INBAND_CTRL,
                                     &phy_data);
        if (ret_val)
            return ret_val;
        phy_data |= GG82563_ICR_DIS_PADDING;
        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_INBAND_CTRL,
                                      phy_data);
        if (ret_val)
            return ret_val;
    }

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/********************************************************************
* Copper link setup for e1000_phy_m88 series.
*
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
*********************************************************************/
static int32_t
e1000_copper_link_mgp_setup(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t phy_data;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_copper_link_mgp_setup");

    if(hw->phy_reset_disable)
        return E1000_SUCCESS;

    /* Enable CRS on TX. This must be set for half-duplex operation. */
    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_ASSERT_CRS_ON_TX;

    /* Options:
     *   MDI/MDI-X = 0 (default)
     *   0 - Auto for all speeds
     *   1 - MDI mode
     *   2 - MDI-X mode
     *   3 - Auto for 1000Base-T only (MDI-X for 10/100Base-T modes)
     */
    phy_data &= ~M88E1000_PSCR_AUTO_X_MODE;

    switch (hw->mdix) {
    case 1:
        phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_MDI_MANUAL_MODE;
        break;
    case 2:
        phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_MDIX_MANUAL_MODE;
        break;
    case 3:
        phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_AUTO_X_1000T;
        break;
    case 0:
    default:
        phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_AUTO_X_MODE;
        break;
    }

    /* Options:
     *   disable_polarity_correction = 0 (default)
     *       Automatic Correction for Reversed Cable Polarity
     *   0 - Disabled
     *   1 - Enabled
     */
    phy_data &= ~M88E1000_PSCR_POLARITY_REVERSAL;
    if(hw->disable_polarity_correction == 1)
        phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_POLARITY_REVERSAL;
    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
    if (ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    if (hw->phy_revision < M88E1011_I_REV_4) {
        /* Force TX_CLK in the Extended PHY Specific Control Register
         * to 25MHz clock.
         */
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_EXT_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
        if (ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        phy_data |= M88E1000_EPSCR_TX_CLK_25;

        if ((hw->phy_revision == E1000_REVISION_2) &&
            (hw->phy_id == M88E1111_I_PHY_ID)) {
            /* Vidalia Phy, set the downshift counter to 5x */
            phy_data &= ~(M88EC018_EPSCR_DOWNSHIFT_COUNTER_MASK);
            phy_data |= M88EC018_EPSCR_DOWNSHIFT_COUNTER_5X;
            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw,
                                        M88E1000_EXT_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
            if (ret_val)
                return ret_val;
        } else {
            /* Configure Master and Slave downshift values */
            phy_data &= ~(M88E1000_EPSCR_MASTER_DOWNSHIFT_MASK |
                              M88E1000_EPSCR_SLAVE_DOWNSHIFT_MASK);
            phy_data |= (M88E1000_EPSCR_MASTER_DOWNSHIFT_1X |
                             M88E1000_EPSCR_SLAVE_DOWNSHIFT_1X);
            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw,
                                        M88E1000_EXT_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
            if (ret_val)
               return ret_val;
        }
    }

    /* SW Reset the PHY so all changes take effect */
    ret_val = e1000_phy_reset(hw);
    if(ret_val) {
        DEBUGOUT("Error Resetting the PHY\n");
        return ret_val;
    }

   return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/********************************************************************
* Setup auto-negotiation and flow control advertisements,
* and then perform auto-negotiation.
*
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
*********************************************************************/
static int32_t
e1000_copper_link_autoneg(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t phy_data;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_copper_link_autoneg");

    /* Perform some bounds checking on the hw->autoneg_advertised
     * parameter.  If this variable is zero, then set it to the default.
     */
    hw->autoneg_advertised &= AUTONEG_ADVERTISE_SPEED_DEFAULT;

    /* If autoneg_advertised is zero, we assume it was not defaulted
     * by the calling code so we set to advertise full capability.
     */
    if(hw->autoneg_advertised == 0)
        hw->autoneg_advertised = AUTONEG_ADVERTISE_SPEED_DEFAULT;

    /* IFE phy only supports 10/100 */
    if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife)
        hw->autoneg_advertised &= AUTONEG_ADVERTISE_10_100_ALL;

    DEBUGOUT("Reconfiguring auto-neg advertisement params\n");
    ret_val = e1000_phy_setup_autoneg(hw);
    if(ret_val) {
        DEBUGOUT("Error Setting up Auto-Negotiation\n");
        return ret_val;
    }
    DEBUGOUT("Restarting Auto-Neg\n");

    /* Restart auto-negotiation by setting the Auto Neg Enable bit and
     * the Auto Neg Restart bit in the PHY control register.
     */
    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, &phy_data);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    phy_data |= (MII_CR_AUTO_NEG_EN | MII_CR_RESTART_AUTO_NEG);
    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, phy_data);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    /* Does the user want to wait for Auto-Neg to complete here, or
     * check at a later time (for example, callback routine).
     */
    if(hw->wait_autoneg_complete) {
        ret_val = e1000_wait_autoneg(hw);
        if(ret_val) {
            DEBUGOUT("Error while waiting for autoneg to complete\n");
            return ret_val;
        }
    }

    hw->get_link_status = TRUE;

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}


/******************************************************************************
* Config the MAC and the PHY after link is up.
*   1) Set up the MAC to the current PHY speed/duplex
*      if we are on 82543.  If we
*      are on newer silicon, we only need to configure
*      collision distance in the Transmit Control Register.
*   2) Set up flow control on the MAC to that established with
*      the link partner.
*   3) Config DSP to improve Gigabit link quality for some PHY revisions.
*
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
******************************************************************************/
static int32_t
e1000_copper_link_postconfig(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    int32_t ret_val;
    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_copper_link_postconfig");

    if(hw->mac_type >= e1000_82544) {
        e1000_config_collision_dist(hw);
    } else {
        ret_val = e1000_config_mac_to_phy(hw);
        if(ret_val) {
            DEBUGOUT("Error configuring MAC to PHY settings\n");
            return ret_val;
        }
    }
    ret_val = e1000_config_fc_after_link_up(hw);
    if(ret_val) {
        DEBUGOUT("Error Configuring Flow Control\n");
        return ret_val;
    }

    /* Config DSP to improve Giga link quality */
    if(hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp) {
        ret_val = e1000_config_dsp_after_link_change(hw, TRUE);
        if(ret_val) {
            DEBUGOUT("Error Configuring DSP after link up\n");
            return ret_val;
        }
    }

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
* Detects which PHY is present and setup the speed and duplex
*
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
******************************************************************************/
static int32_t
e1000_setup_copper_link(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t i;
    uint16_t phy_data;
    uint16_t reg_data;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_setup_copper_link");

    switch (hw->mac_type) {
    case e1000_80003es2lan:
    case e1000_ich8lan:
        /* Set the mac to wait the maximum time between each
         * iteration and increase the max iterations when
         * polling the phy; this fixes erroneous timeouts at 10Mbps. */
        ret_val = e1000_write_kmrn_reg(hw, GG82563_REG(0x34, 4), 0xFFFF);
        if (ret_val)
            return ret_val;
        ret_val = e1000_read_kmrn_reg(hw, GG82563_REG(0x34, 9), &reg_data);
        if (ret_val)
            return ret_val;
        reg_data |= 0x3F;
        ret_val = e1000_write_kmrn_reg(hw, GG82563_REG(0x34, 9), reg_data);
        if (ret_val)
            return ret_val;
    default:
        break;
    }

    /* Check if it is a valid PHY and set PHY mode if necessary. */
    ret_val = e1000_copper_link_preconfig(hw);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    switch (hw->mac_type) {
    case e1000_80003es2lan:
        /* Kumeran registers are written-only */
        reg_data = E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_INB_CTRL_LINK_STATUS_TX_TIMEOUT_DEFAULT;
        reg_data |= E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_INB_CTRL_DIS_PADDING;
        ret_val = e1000_write_kmrn_reg(hw, E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_OFFSET_INB_CTRL,
                                       reg_data);
        if (ret_val)
            return ret_val;
        break;
    default:
        break;
    }

    if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp ||
        hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3 ||
        hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2) {
        ret_val = e1000_copper_link_igp_setup(hw);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;
    } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) {
        ret_val = e1000_copper_link_mgp_setup(hw);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;
    } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563) {
        ret_val = e1000_copper_link_ggp_setup(hw);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;
    }

    if(hw->autoneg) {
        /* Setup autoneg and flow control advertisement
          * and perform autonegotiation */
        ret_val = e1000_copper_link_autoneg(hw);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;
    } else {
        /* PHY will be set to 10H, 10F, 100H,or 100F
          * depending on value from forced_speed_duplex. */
        DEBUGOUT("Forcing speed and duplex\n");
        ret_val = e1000_phy_force_speed_duplex(hw);
        if(ret_val) {
            DEBUGOUT("Error Forcing Speed and Duplex\n");
            return ret_val;
        }
    }

    /* Check link status. Wait up to 100 microseconds for link to become
     * valid.
     */
    for(i = 0; i < 10; i++) {
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        if(phy_data & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) {
            /* Config the MAC and PHY after link is up */
            ret_val = e1000_copper_link_postconfig(hw);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;

            DEBUGOUT("Valid link established!!!\n");
            return E1000_SUCCESS;
        }
        udelay(10);
    }

    DEBUGOUT("Unable to establish link!!!\n");
    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
* Configure the MAC-to-PHY interface for 10/100Mbps
*
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
******************************************************************************/
static int32_t
e1000_configure_kmrn_for_10_100(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t duplex)
{
    int32_t ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;
    uint32_t tipg;
    uint16_t reg_data;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_configure_kmrn_for_10_100");

    reg_data = E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_HD_CTRL_10_100_DEFAULT;
    ret_val = e1000_write_kmrn_reg(hw, E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_OFFSET_HD_CTRL,
                                   reg_data);
    if (ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    /* Configure Transmit Inter-Packet Gap */
    tipg = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TIPG);
    tipg &= ~E1000_TIPG_IPGT_MASK;
    tipg |= DEFAULT_80003ES2LAN_TIPG_IPGT_10_100;
    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TIPG, tipg);

    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_KMRN_MODE_CTRL, &reg_data);

    if (ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    if (duplex == HALF_DUPLEX)
        reg_data |= GG82563_KMCR_PASS_FALSE_CARRIER;
    else
        reg_data &= ~GG82563_KMCR_PASS_FALSE_CARRIER;

    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_KMRN_MODE_CTRL, reg_data);

    return ret_val;
}

static int32_t
e1000_configure_kmrn_for_1000(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    int32_t ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;
    uint16_t reg_data;
    uint32_t tipg;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_configure_kmrn_for_1000");

    reg_data = E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_HD_CTRL_1000_DEFAULT;
    ret_val = e1000_write_kmrn_reg(hw, E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_OFFSET_HD_CTRL,
                                   reg_data);
    if (ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    /* Configure Transmit Inter-Packet Gap */
    tipg = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TIPG);
    tipg &= ~E1000_TIPG_IPGT_MASK;
    tipg |= DEFAULT_80003ES2LAN_TIPG_IPGT_1000;
    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TIPG, tipg);

    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_KMRN_MODE_CTRL, &reg_data);

    if (ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    reg_data &= ~GG82563_KMCR_PASS_FALSE_CARRIER;
    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_KMRN_MODE_CTRL, reg_data);

    return ret_val;
}

/******************************************************************************
* Configures PHY autoneg and flow control advertisement settings
*
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
******************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_phy_setup_autoneg(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t mii_autoneg_adv_reg;
    uint16_t mii_1000t_ctrl_reg;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_setup_autoneg");

    /* Read the MII Auto-Neg Advertisement Register (Address 4). */
    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_AUTONEG_ADV, &mii_autoneg_adv_reg);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    if (hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_ife) {
        /* Read the MII 1000Base-T Control Register (Address 9). */
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, &mii_1000t_ctrl_reg);
        if (ret_val)
            return ret_val;
    } else
        mii_1000t_ctrl_reg=0;

    /* Need to parse both autoneg_advertised and fc and set up
     * the appropriate PHY registers.  First we will parse for
     * autoneg_advertised software override.  Since we can advertise
     * a plethora of combinations, we need to check each bit
     * individually.
     */

    /* First we clear all the 10/100 mb speed bits in the Auto-Neg
     * Advertisement Register (Address 4) and the 1000 mb speed bits in
     * the  1000Base-T Control Register (Address 9).
     */
    mii_autoneg_adv_reg &= ~REG4_SPEED_MASK;
    mii_1000t_ctrl_reg &= ~REG9_SPEED_MASK;

    DEBUGOUT1("autoneg_advertised %x\n", hw->autoneg_advertised);

    /* Do we want to advertise 10 Mb Half Duplex? */
    if(hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_10_HALF) {
        DEBUGOUT("Advertise 10mb Half duplex\n");
        mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= NWAY_AR_10T_HD_CAPS;
    }

    /* Do we want to advertise 10 Mb Full Duplex? */
    if(hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_10_FULL) {
        DEBUGOUT("Advertise 10mb Full duplex\n");
        mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= NWAY_AR_10T_FD_CAPS;
    }

    /* Do we want to advertise 100 Mb Half Duplex? */
    if(hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_100_HALF) {
        DEBUGOUT("Advertise 100mb Half duplex\n");
        mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= NWAY_AR_100TX_HD_CAPS;
    }

    /* Do we want to advertise 100 Mb Full Duplex? */
    if(hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_100_FULL) {
        DEBUGOUT("Advertise 100mb Full duplex\n");
        mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= NWAY_AR_100TX_FD_CAPS;
    }

    /* We do not allow the Phy to advertise 1000 Mb Half Duplex */
    if(hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_1000_HALF) {
        DEBUGOUT("Advertise 1000mb Half duplex requested, request denied!\n");
    }

    /* Do we want to advertise 1000 Mb Full Duplex? */
    if(hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_1000_FULL) {
        DEBUGOUT("Advertise 1000mb Full duplex\n");
        mii_1000t_ctrl_reg |= CR_1000T_FD_CAPS;
        if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife) {
            DEBUGOUT("e1000_phy_ife is a 10/100 PHY. Gigabit speed is not supported.\n");
        }
    }

    /* Check for a software override of the flow control settings, and
     * setup the PHY advertisement registers accordingly.  If
     * auto-negotiation is enabled, then software will have to set the
     * "PAUSE" bits to the correct value in the Auto-Negotiation
     * Advertisement Register (PHY_AUTONEG_ADV) and re-start auto-negotiation.
     *
     * The possible values of the "fc" parameter are:
     *      0:  Flow control is completely disabled
     *      1:  Rx flow control is enabled (we can receive pause frames
     *          but not send pause frames).
     *      2:  Tx flow control is enabled (we can send pause frames
     *          but we do not support receiving pause frames).
     *      3:  Both Rx and TX flow control (symmetric) are enabled.
     *  other:  No software override.  The flow control configuration
     *          in the EEPROM is used.
     */
    switch (hw->fc) {
    case e1000_fc_none: /* 0 */
        /* Flow control (RX & TX) is completely disabled by a
         * software over-ride.
         */
        mii_autoneg_adv_reg &= ~(NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR | NWAY_AR_PAUSE);
        break;
    case e1000_fc_rx_pause: /* 1 */
        /* RX Flow control is enabled, and TX Flow control is
         * disabled, by a software over-ride.
         */
        /* Since there really isn't a way to advertise that we are
         * capable of RX Pause ONLY, we will advertise that we
         * support both symmetric and asymmetric RX PAUSE.  Later
         * (in e1000_config_fc_after_link_up) we will disable the
         *hw's ability to send PAUSE frames.
         */
        mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= (NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR | NWAY_AR_PAUSE);
        break;
    case e1000_fc_tx_pause: /* 2 */
        /* TX Flow control is enabled, and RX Flow control is
         * disabled, by a software over-ride.
         */
        mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR;
        mii_autoneg_adv_reg &= ~NWAY_AR_PAUSE;
        break;
    case e1000_fc_full: /* 3 */
        /* Flow control (both RX and TX) is enabled by a software
         * over-ride.
         */
        mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= (NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR | NWAY_AR_PAUSE);
        break;
    default:
        DEBUGOUT("Flow control param set incorrectly\n");
        return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
    }

    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_AUTONEG_ADV, mii_autoneg_adv_reg);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    DEBUGOUT1("Auto-Neg Advertising %x\n", mii_autoneg_adv_reg);

    if (hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_ife) {
        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, mii_1000t_ctrl_reg);
        if (ret_val)
            return ret_val;
    }

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
* Force PHY speed and duplex settings to hw->forced_speed_duplex
*
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
******************************************************************************/
static int32_t
e1000_phy_force_speed_duplex(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t ctrl;
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t mii_ctrl_reg;
    uint16_t mii_status_reg;
    uint16_t phy_data;
    uint16_t i;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_force_speed_duplex");

    /* Turn off Flow control if we are forcing speed and duplex. */
    hw->fc = e1000_fc_none;

    DEBUGOUT1("hw->fc = %d\n", hw->fc);

    /* Read the Device Control Register. */
    ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);

    /* Set the bits to Force Speed and Duplex in the Device Ctrl Reg. */
    ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_FRCSPD | E1000_CTRL_FRCDPX);
    ctrl &= ~(DEVICE_SPEED_MASK);

    /* Clear the Auto Speed Detect Enable bit. */
    ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_ASDE;

    /* Read the MII Control Register. */
    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, &mii_ctrl_reg);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    /* We need to disable autoneg in order to force link and duplex. */

    mii_ctrl_reg &= ~MII_CR_AUTO_NEG_EN;

    /* Are we forcing Full or Half Duplex? */
    if(hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_100_full ||
       hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_10_full) {
        /* We want to force full duplex so we SET the full duplex bits in the
         * Device and MII Control Registers.
         */
        ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_FD;
        mii_ctrl_reg |= MII_CR_FULL_DUPLEX;
        DEBUGOUT("Full Duplex\n");
    } else {
        /* We want to force half duplex so we CLEAR the full duplex bits in
         * the Device and MII Control Registers.
         */
        ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_FD;
        mii_ctrl_reg &= ~MII_CR_FULL_DUPLEX;
        DEBUGOUT("Half Duplex\n");
    }

    /* Are we forcing 100Mbps??? */
    if(hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_100_full ||
       hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_100_half) {
        /* Set the 100Mb bit and turn off the 1000Mb and 10Mb bits. */
        ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SPD_100;
        mii_ctrl_reg |= MII_CR_SPEED_100;
        mii_ctrl_reg &= ~(MII_CR_SPEED_1000 | MII_CR_SPEED_10);
        DEBUGOUT("Forcing 100mb ");
    } else {
        /* Set the 10Mb bit and turn off the 1000Mb and 100Mb bits. */
        ctrl &= ~(E1000_CTRL_SPD_1000 | E1000_CTRL_SPD_100);
        mii_ctrl_reg |= MII_CR_SPEED_10;
        mii_ctrl_reg &= ~(MII_CR_SPEED_1000 | MII_CR_SPEED_100);
        DEBUGOUT("Forcing 10mb ");
    }

    e1000_config_collision_dist(hw);

    /* Write the configured values back to the Device Control Reg. */
    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);

    if ((hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) ||
        (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563)) {
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        /* Clear Auto-Crossover to force MDI manually. M88E1000 requires MDI
         * forced whenever speed are duplex are forced.
         */
        phy_data &= ~M88E1000_PSCR_AUTO_X_MODE;
        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        DEBUGOUT1("M88E1000 PSCR: %x \n", phy_data);

        /* Need to reset the PHY or these changes will be ignored */
        mii_ctrl_reg |= MII_CR_RESET;
    /* Disable MDI-X support for 10/100 */
    } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife) {
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_MDIX_CONTROL, &phy_data);
        if (ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        phy_data &= ~IFE_PMC_AUTO_MDIX;
        phy_data &= ~IFE_PMC_FORCE_MDIX;

        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_MDIX_CONTROL, phy_data);
        if (ret_val)
            return ret_val;
    } else {
        /* Clear Auto-Crossover to force MDI manually.  IGP requires MDI
         * forced whenever speed or duplex are forced.
         */
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CTRL, &phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCR_AUTO_MDIX;
        phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCR_FORCE_MDI_MDIX;

        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CTRL, phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;
    }

    /* Write back the modified PHY MII control register. */
    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, mii_ctrl_reg);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    udelay(1);

    /* The wait_autoneg_complete flag may be a little misleading here.
     * Since we are forcing speed and duplex, Auto-Neg is not enabled.
     * But we do want to delay for a period while forcing only so we
     * don't generate false No Link messages.  So we will wait here
     * only if the user has set wait_autoneg_complete to 1, which is
     * the default.
     */
    if(hw->wait_autoneg_complete) {
        /* We will wait for autoneg to complete. */
        DEBUGOUT("Waiting for forced speed/duplex link.\n");
        mii_status_reg = 0;

        /* We will wait for autoneg to complete or 4.5 seconds to expire. */
        for(i = PHY_FORCE_TIME; i > 0; i--) {
            /* Read the MII Status Register and wait for Auto-Neg Complete bit
             * to be set.
             */
            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;

            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;

            if(mii_status_reg & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) break;
            msec_delay(100);
        }
        if((i == 0) &&
           ((hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) ||
            (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563))) {
            /* We didn't get link.  Reset the DSP and wait again for link. */
            ret_val = e1000_phy_reset_dsp(hw);
            if(ret_val) {
                DEBUGOUT("Error Resetting PHY DSP\n");
                return ret_val;
            }
        }
        /* This loop will early-out if the link condition has been met.  */
        for(i = PHY_FORCE_TIME; i > 0; i--) {
            if(mii_status_reg & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) break;
            msec_delay(100);
            /* Read the MII Status Register and wait for Auto-Neg Complete bit
             * to be set.
             */
            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;

            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;
        }
    }

    if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) {
        /* Because we reset the PHY above, we need to re-force TX_CLK in the
         * Extended PHY Specific Control Register to 25MHz clock.  This value
         * defaults back to a 2.5MHz clock when the PHY is reset.
         */
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_EXT_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        phy_data |= M88E1000_EPSCR_TX_CLK_25;
        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_EXT_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        /* In addition, because of the s/w reset above, we need to enable CRS on
         * TX.  This must be set for both full and half duplex operation.
         */
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_ASSERT_CRS_ON_TX;
        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        if((hw->mac_type == e1000_82544 || hw->mac_type == e1000_82543) &&
           (!hw->autoneg) &&
           (hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_10_full ||
            hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_10_half)) {
            ret_val = e1000_polarity_reversal_workaround(hw);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;
        }
    } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563) {
        /* The TX_CLK of the Extended PHY Specific Control Register defaults
         * to 2.5MHz on a reset.  We need to re-force it back to 25MHz, if
         * we're not in a forced 10/duplex configuration. */
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_MAC_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
        if (ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        phy_data &= ~GG82563_MSCR_TX_CLK_MASK;
        if ((hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_10_full) ||
            (hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_10_half))
            phy_data |= GG82563_MSCR_TX_CLK_10MBPS_2_5MHZ;
        else
            phy_data |= GG82563_MSCR_TX_CLK_100MBPS_25MHZ;

        /* Also due to the reset, we need to enable CRS on Tx. */
        phy_data |= GG82563_MSCR_ASSERT_CRS_ON_TX;

        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_MAC_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
        if (ret_val)
            return ret_val;
    }
    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
* Sets the collision distance in the Transmit Control register
*
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
*
* Link should have been established previously. Reads the speed and duplex
* information from the Device Status register.
******************************************************************************/
void
e1000_config_collision_dist(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t tctl, coll_dist;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_config_collision_dist");

    if (hw->mac_type < e1000_82543)
        coll_dist = E1000_COLLISION_DISTANCE_82542;
    else
        coll_dist = E1000_COLLISION_DISTANCE;

    tctl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TCTL);

    tctl &= ~E1000_TCTL_COLD;
    tctl |= coll_dist << E1000_COLD_SHIFT;

    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TCTL, tctl);
    E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
}

/******************************************************************************
* Sets MAC speed and duplex settings to reflect the those in the PHY
*
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
* mii_reg - data to write to the MII control register
*
* The contents of the PHY register containing the needed information need to
* be passed in.
******************************************************************************/
static int32_t
e1000_config_mac_to_phy(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t ctrl;
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t phy_data;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_config_mac_to_phy");

    /* 82544 or newer MAC, Auto Speed Detection takes care of
    * MAC speed/duplex configuration.*/
    if (hw->mac_type >= e1000_82544)
        return E1000_SUCCESS;

    /* Read the Device Control Register and set the bits to Force Speed
     * and Duplex.
     */
    ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
    ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_FRCSPD | E1000_CTRL_FRCDPX);
    ctrl &= ~(E1000_CTRL_SPD_SEL | E1000_CTRL_ILOS);

    /* Set up duplex in the Device Control and Transmit Control
     * registers depending on negotiated values.
     */
    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_STATUS, &phy_data);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    if(phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_DPLX)
        ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_FD;
    else
        ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_FD;

    e1000_config_collision_dist(hw);

    /* Set up speed in the Device Control register depending on
     * negotiated values.
     */
    if((phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_SPEED) == M88E1000_PSSR_1000MBS)
        ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SPD_1000;
    else if((phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_SPEED) == M88E1000_PSSR_100MBS)
        ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SPD_100;

    /* Write the configured values back to the Device Control Reg. */
    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Forces the MAC's flow control settings.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *
 * Sets the TFCE and RFCE bits in the device control register to reflect
 * the adapter settings. TFCE and RFCE need to be explicitly set by
 * software when a Copper PHY is used because autonegotiation is managed
 * by the PHY rather than the MAC. Software must also configure these
 * bits when link is forced on a fiber connection.
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_force_mac_fc(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t ctrl;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_force_mac_fc");

    /* Get the current configuration of the Device Control Register */
    ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);

    /* Because we didn't get link via the internal auto-negotiation
     * mechanism (we either forced link or we got link via PHY
     * auto-neg), we have to manually enable/disable transmit an
     * receive flow control.
     *
     * The "Case" statement below enables/disable flow control
     * according to the "hw->fc" parameter.
     *
     * The possible values of the "fc" parameter are:
     *      0:  Flow control is completely disabled
     *      1:  Rx flow control is enabled (we can receive pause
     *          frames but not send pause frames).
     *      2:  Tx flow control is enabled (we can send pause frames
     *          frames but we do not receive pause frames).
     *      3:  Both Rx and TX flow control (symmetric) is enabled.
     *  other:  No other values should be possible at this point.
     */

    switch (hw->fc) {
    case e1000_fc_none:
        ctrl &= (~(E1000_CTRL_TFCE | E1000_CTRL_RFCE));
        break;
    case e1000_fc_rx_pause:
        ctrl &= (~E1000_CTRL_TFCE);
        ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_RFCE;
        break;
    case e1000_fc_tx_pause:
        ctrl &= (~E1000_CTRL_RFCE);
        ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_TFCE;
        break;
    case e1000_fc_full:
        ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_TFCE | E1000_CTRL_RFCE);
        break;
    default:
        DEBUGOUT("Flow control param set incorrectly\n");
        return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
    }

    /* Disable TX Flow Control for 82542 (rev 2.0) */
    if(hw->mac_type == e1000_82542_rev2_0)
        ctrl &= (~E1000_CTRL_TFCE);

    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Configures flow control settings after link is established
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *
 * Should be called immediately after a valid link has been established.
 * Forces MAC flow control settings if link was forced. When in MII/GMII mode
 * and autonegotiation is enabled, the MAC flow control settings will be set
 * based on the flow control negotiated by the PHY. In TBI mode, the TFCE
 * and RFCE bits will be automaticaly set to the negotiated flow control mode.
 *****************************************************************************/
static int32_t
e1000_config_fc_after_link_up(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t mii_status_reg;
    uint16_t mii_nway_adv_reg;
    uint16_t mii_nway_lp_ability_reg;
    uint16_t speed;
    uint16_t duplex;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_config_fc_after_link_up");

    /* Check for the case where we have fiber media and auto-neg failed
     * so we had to force link.  In this case, we need to force the
     * configuration of the MAC to match the "fc" parameter.
     */
    if(((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) && (hw->autoneg_failed)) ||
       ((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes) && (hw->autoneg_failed)) ||
       ((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper) && (!hw->autoneg))) {
        ret_val = e1000_force_mac_fc(hw);
        if(ret_val) {
            DEBUGOUT("Error forcing flow control settings\n");
            return ret_val;
        }
    }

    /* Check for the case where we have copper media and auto-neg is
     * enabled.  In this case, we need to check and see if Auto-Neg
     * has completed, and if so, how the PHY and link partner has
     * flow control configured.
     */
    if((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper) && hw->autoneg) {
        /* Read the MII Status Register and check to see if AutoNeg
         * has completed.  We read this twice because this reg has
         * some "sticky" (latched) bits.
         */
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        if(mii_status_reg & MII_SR_AUTONEG_COMPLETE) {
            /* The AutoNeg process has completed, so we now need to
             * read both the Auto Negotiation Advertisement Register
             * (Address 4) and the Auto_Negotiation Base Page Ability
             * Register (Address 5) to determine how flow control was
             * negotiated.
             */
            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_AUTONEG_ADV,
                                         &mii_nway_adv_reg);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;
            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_LP_ABILITY,
                                         &mii_nway_lp_ability_reg);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;

            /* Two bits in the Auto Negotiation Advertisement Register
             * (Address 4) and two bits in the Auto Negotiation Base
             * Page Ability Register (Address 5) determine flow control
             * for both the PHY and the link partner.  The following
             * table, taken out of the IEEE 802.3ab/D6.0 dated March 25,
             * 1999, describes these PAUSE resolution bits and how flow
             * control is determined based upon these settings.
             * NOTE:  DC = Don't Care
             *
             *   LOCAL DEVICE  |   LINK PARTNER
             * PAUSE | ASM_DIR | PAUSE | ASM_DIR | NIC Resolution
             *-------|---------|-------|---------|--------------------
             *   0   |    0    |  DC   |   DC    | e1000_fc_none
             *   0   |    1    |   0   |   DC    | e1000_fc_none
             *   0   |    1    |   1   |    0    | e1000_fc_none
             *   0   |    1    |   1   |    1    | e1000_fc_tx_pause
             *   1   |    0    |   0   |   DC    | e1000_fc_none
             *   1   |   DC    |   1   |   DC    | e1000_fc_full
             *   1   |    1    |   0   |    0    | e1000_fc_none
             *   1   |    1    |   0   |    1    | e1000_fc_rx_pause
             *
             */
            /* Are both PAUSE bits set to 1?  If so, this implies
             * Symmetric Flow Control is enabled at both ends.  The
             * ASM_DIR bits are irrelevant per the spec.
             *
             * For Symmetric Flow Control:
             *
             *   LOCAL DEVICE  |   LINK PARTNER
             * PAUSE | ASM_DIR | PAUSE | ASM_DIR | Result
             *-------|---------|-------|---------|--------------------
             *   1   |   DC    |   1   |   DC    | e1000_fc_full
             *
             */
            if((mii_nway_adv_reg & NWAY_AR_PAUSE) &&
               (mii_nway_lp_ability_reg & NWAY_LPAR_PAUSE)) {
                /* Now we need to check if the user selected RX ONLY
                 * of pause frames.  In this case, we had to advertise
                 * FULL flow control because we could not advertise RX
                 * ONLY. Hence, we must now check to see if we need to
                 * turn OFF  the TRANSMISSION of PAUSE frames.
                 */
                if(hw->original_fc == e1000_fc_full) {
                    hw->fc = e1000_fc_full;
                    DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = FULL.\n");
                } else {
                    hw->fc = e1000_fc_rx_pause;
                    DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = RX PAUSE frames only.\n");
                }
            }
            /* For receiving PAUSE frames ONLY.
             *
             *   LOCAL DEVICE  |   LINK PARTNER
             * PAUSE | ASM_DIR | PAUSE | ASM_DIR | Result
             *-------|---------|-------|---------|--------------------
             *   0   |    1    |   1   |    1    | e1000_fc_tx_pause
             *
             */
            else if(!(mii_nway_adv_reg & NWAY_AR_PAUSE) &&
                    (mii_nway_adv_reg & NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR) &&
                    (mii_nway_lp_ability_reg & NWAY_LPAR_PAUSE) &&
                    (mii_nway_lp_ability_reg & NWAY_LPAR_ASM_DIR)) {
                hw->fc = e1000_fc_tx_pause;
                DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = TX PAUSE frames only.\n");
            }
            /* For transmitting PAUSE frames ONLY.
             *
             *   LOCAL DEVICE  |   LINK PARTNER
             * PAUSE | ASM_DIR | PAUSE | ASM_DIR | Result
             *-------|---------|-------|---------|--------------------
             *   1   |    1    |   0   |    1    | e1000_fc_rx_pause
             *
             */
            else if((mii_nway_adv_reg & NWAY_AR_PAUSE) &&
                    (mii_nway_adv_reg & NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR) &&
                    !(mii_nway_lp_ability_reg & NWAY_LPAR_PAUSE) &&
                    (mii_nway_lp_ability_reg & NWAY_LPAR_ASM_DIR)) {
                hw->fc = e1000_fc_rx_pause;
                DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = RX PAUSE frames only.\n");
            }
            /* Per the IEEE spec, at this point flow control should be
             * disabled.  However, we want to consider that we could
             * be connected to a legacy switch that doesn't advertise
             * desired flow control, but can be forced on the link
             * partner.  So if we advertised no flow control, that is
             * what we will resolve to.  If we advertised some kind of
             * receive capability (Rx Pause Only or Full Flow Control)
             * and the link partner advertised none, we will configure
             * ourselves to enable Rx Flow Control only.  We can do
             * this safely for two reasons:  If the link partner really
             * didn't want flow control enabled, and we enable Rx, no
             * harm done since we won't be receiving any PAUSE frames
             * anyway.  If the intent on the link partner was to have
             * flow control enabled, then by us enabling RX only, we
             * can at least receive pause frames and process them.
             * This is a good idea because in most cases, since we are
             * predominantly a server NIC, more times than not we will
             * be asked to delay transmission of packets than asking
             * our link partner to pause transmission of frames.
             */
            else if((hw->original_fc == e1000_fc_none ||
                     hw->original_fc == e1000_fc_tx_pause) ||
                    hw->fc_strict_ieee) {
                hw->fc = e1000_fc_none;
                DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = NONE.\n");
            } else {
                hw->fc = e1000_fc_rx_pause;
                DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = RX PAUSE frames only.\n");
            }

            /* Now we need to do one last check...  If we auto-
             * negotiated to HALF DUPLEX, flow control should not be
             * enabled per IEEE 802.3 spec.
             */
            ret_val = e1000_get_speed_and_duplex(hw, &speed, &duplex);
            if(ret_val) {
                DEBUGOUT("Error getting link speed and duplex\n");
                return ret_val;
            }

            if(duplex == HALF_DUPLEX)
                hw->fc = e1000_fc_none;

            /* Now we call a subroutine to actually force the MAC
             * controller to use the correct flow control settings.
             */
            ret_val = e1000_force_mac_fc(hw);
            if(ret_val) {
                DEBUGOUT("Error forcing flow control settings\n");
                return ret_val;
            }
        } else {
            DEBUGOUT("Copper PHY and Auto Neg has not completed.\n");
        }
    }
    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Checks to see if the link status of the hardware has changed.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *
 * Called by any function that needs to check the link status of the adapter.
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_check_for_link(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t rxcw = 0;
    uint32_t ctrl;
    uint32_t status;
    uint32_t rctl;
    uint32_t icr;
    uint32_t signal = 0;
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t phy_data;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_check_for_link");

    ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
    status = E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS);

    /* On adapters with a MAC newer than 82544, SW Defineable pin 1 will be
     * set when the optics detect a signal. On older adapters, it will be
     * cleared when there is a signal.  This applies to fiber media only.
     */
    if((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) ||
       (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes)) {
        rxcw = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RXCW);

        if(hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
            signal = (hw->mac_type > e1000_82544) ? E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN1 : 0;
            if(status & E1000_STATUS_LU)
                hw->get_link_status = FALSE;
        }
    }

    /* If we have a copper PHY then we only want to go out to the PHY
     * registers to see if Auto-Neg has completed and/or if our link
     * status has changed.  The get_link_status flag will be set if we
     * receive a Link Status Change interrupt or we have Rx Sequence
     * Errors.
     */
    if((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper) && hw->get_link_status) {
        /* First we want to see if the MII Status Register reports
         * link.  If so, then we want to get the current speed/duplex
         * of the PHY.
         * Read the register twice since the link bit is sticky.
         */
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        if(phy_data & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) {
            hw->get_link_status = FALSE;
            /* Check if there was DownShift, must be checked immediately after
             * link-up */
            e1000_check_downshift(hw);

            /* If we are on 82544 or 82543 silicon and speed/duplex
             * are forced to 10H or 10F, then we will implement the polarity
             * reversal workaround.  We disable interrupts first, and upon
             * returning, place the devices interrupt state to its previous
             * value except for the link status change interrupt which will
             * happen due to the execution of this workaround.
             */

            if((hw->mac_type == e1000_82544 || hw->mac_type == e1000_82543) &&
               (!hw->autoneg) &&
               (hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_10_full ||
                hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_10_half)) {
                E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, IMC, 0xffffffff);
                ret_val = e1000_polarity_reversal_workaround(hw);
                icr = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICR);
                E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, ICS, (icr & ~E1000_ICS_LSC));
                E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, IMS, IMS_ENABLE_MASK);
            }

        } else {
            /* No link detected */
            e1000_config_dsp_after_link_change(hw, FALSE);
            return 0;
        }

        /* If we are forcing speed/duplex, then we simply return since
         * we have already determined whether we have link or not.
         */
        if(!hw->autoneg) return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;

        /* optimize the dsp settings for the igp phy */
        e1000_config_dsp_after_link_change(hw, TRUE);

        /* We have a M88E1000 PHY and Auto-Neg is enabled.  If we
         * have Si on board that is 82544 or newer, Auto
         * Speed Detection takes care of MAC speed/duplex
         * configuration.  So we only need to configure Collision
         * Distance in the MAC.  Otherwise, we need to force
         * speed/duplex on the MAC to the current PHY speed/duplex
         * settings.
         */
        if(hw->mac_type >= e1000_82544)
            e1000_config_collision_dist(hw);
        else {
            ret_val = e1000_config_mac_to_phy(hw);
            if(ret_val) {
                DEBUGOUT("Error configuring MAC to PHY settings\n");
                return ret_val;
            }
        }

        /* Configure Flow Control now that Auto-Neg has completed. First, we
         * need to restore the desired flow control settings because we may
         * have had to re-autoneg with a different link partner.
         */
        ret_val = e1000_config_fc_after_link_up(hw);
        if(ret_val) {
            DEBUGOUT("Error configuring flow control\n");
            return ret_val;
        }

        /* At this point we know that we are on copper and we have
         * auto-negotiated link.  These are conditions for checking the link
         * partner capability register.  We use the link speed to determine if
         * TBI compatibility needs to be turned on or off.  If the link is not
         * at gigabit speed, then TBI compatibility is not needed.  If we are
         * at gigabit speed, we turn on TBI compatibility.
         */
        if(hw->tbi_compatibility_en) {
            uint16_t speed, duplex;
            ret_val = e1000_get_speed_and_duplex(hw, &speed, &duplex);
            if (ret_val) {
                DEBUGOUT("Error getting link speed and duplex\n");
                return ret_val;
            }
            if (speed != SPEED_1000) {
                /* If link speed is not set to gigabit speed, we do not need
                 * to enable TBI compatibility.
                 */
                if(hw->tbi_compatibility_on) {
                    /* If we previously were in the mode, turn it off. */
                    rctl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RCTL);
                    rctl &= ~E1000_RCTL_SBP;
                    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, RCTL, rctl);
                    hw->tbi_compatibility_on = FALSE;
                }
            } else {
                /* If TBI compatibility is was previously off, turn it on. For
                 * compatibility with a TBI link partner, we will store bad
                 * packets. Some frames have an additional byte on the end and
                 * will look like CRC errors to to the hardware.
                 */
                if(!hw->tbi_compatibility_on) {
                    hw->tbi_compatibility_on = TRUE;
                    rctl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RCTL);
                    rctl |= E1000_RCTL_SBP;
                    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, RCTL, rctl);
                }
            }
        }
    }
    /* If we don't have link (auto-negotiation failed or link partner cannot
     * auto-negotiate), the cable is plugged in (we have signal), and our
     * link partner is not trying to auto-negotiate with us (we are receiving
     * idles or data), we need to force link up. We also need to give
     * auto-negotiation time to complete, in case the cable was just plugged
     * in. The autoneg_failed flag does this.
     */
    else if((((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) &&
              ((ctrl & E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN1) == signal)) ||
             (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes)) &&
            (!(status & E1000_STATUS_LU)) &&
            (!(rxcw & E1000_RXCW_C))) {
        if(hw->autoneg_failed == 0) {
            hw->autoneg_failed = 1;
            return 0;
        }
        DEBUGOUT("NOT RXing /C/, disable AutoNeg and force link.\n");

        /* Disable auto-negotiation in the TXCW register */
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TXCW, (hw->txcw & ~E1000_TXCW_ANE));

        /* Force link-up and also force full-duplex. */
        ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
        ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_SLU | E1000_CTRL_FD);
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);

        /* Configure Flow Control after forcing link up. */
        ret_val = e1000_config_fc_after_link_up(hw);
        if(ret_val) {
            DEBUGOUT("Error configuring flow control\n");
            return ret_val;
        }
    }
    /* If we are forcing link and we are receiving /C/ ordered sets, re-enable
     * auto-negotiation in the TXCW register and disable forced link in the
     * Device Control register in an attempt to auto-negotiate with our link
     * partner.
     */
    else if(((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) ||
             (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes)) &&
            (ctrl & E1000_CTRL_SLU) && (rxcw & E1000_RXCW_C)) {
        DEBUGOUT("RXing /C/, enable AutoNeg and stop forcing link.\n");
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TXCW, hw->txcw);
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, (ctrl & ~E1000_CTRL_SLU));

        hw->serdes_link_down = FALSE;
    }
    /* If we force link for non-auto-negotiation switch, check link status
     * based on MAC synchronization for internal serdes media type.
     */
    else if((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes) &&
            !(E1000_TXCW_ANE & E1000_READ_REG(hw, TXCW))) {
        /* SYNCH bit and IV bit are sticky. */
        udelay(10);
        if(E1000_RXCW_SYNCH & E1000_READ_REG(hw, RXCW)) {
            if(!(rxcw & E1000_RXCW_IV)) {
                hw->serdes_link_down = FALSE;
                DEBUGOUT("SERDES: Link is up.\n");
            }
        } else {
            hw->serdes_link_down = TRUE;
            DEBUGOUT("SERDES: Link is down.\n");
        }
    }
    if((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes) &&
       (E1000_TXCW_ANE & E1000_READ_REG(hw, TXCW))) {
        hw->serdes_link_down = !(E1000_STATUS_LU & E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS));
    }
    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Detects the current speed and duplex settings of the hardware.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * speed - Speed of the connection
 * duplex - Duplex setting of the connection
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_get_speed_and_duplex(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                           uint16_t *speed,
                           uint16_t *duplex)
{
    uint32_t status;
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t phy_data;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_get_speed_and_duplex");

    if(hw->mac_type >= e1000_82543) {
        status = E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS);
        if(status & E1000_STATUS_SPEED_1000) {
            *speed = SPEED_1000;
            DEBUGOUT("1000 Mbs, ");
        } else if(status & E1000_STATUS_SPEED_100) {
            *speed = SPEED_100;
            DEBUGOUT("100 Mbs, ");
        } else {
            *speed = SPEED_10;
            DEBUGOUT("10 Mbs, ");
        }

        if(status & E1000_STATUS_FD) {
            *duplex = FULL_DUPLEX;
            DEBUGOUT("Full Duplex\n");
        } else {
            *duplex = HALF_DUPLEX;
            DEBUGOUT(" Half Duplex\n");
        }
    } else {
        DEBUGOUT("1000 Mbs, Full Duplex\n");
        *speed = SPEED_1000;
        *duplex = FULL_DUPLEX;
    }

    /* IGP01 PHY may advertise full duplex operation after speed downgrade even
     * if it is operating at half duplex.  Here we set the duplex settings to
     * match the duplex in the link partner's capabilities.
     */
    if(hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp && hw->speed_downgraded) {
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_AUTONEG_EXP, &phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        if(!(phy_data & NWAY_ER_LP_NWAY_CAPS))
            *duplex = HALF_DUPLEX;
        else {
            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_LP_ABILITY, &phy_data);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;
            if((*speed == SPEED_100 && !(phy_data & NWAY_LPAR_100TX_FD_CAPS)) ||
               (*speed == SPEED_10 && !(phy_data & NWAY_LPAR_10T_FD_CAPS)))
                *duplex = HALF_DUPLEX;
        }
    }

    if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) &&
        (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper)) {
        if (*speed == SPEED_1000)
            ret_val = e1000_configure_kmrn_for_1000(hw);
        else
            ret_val = e1000_configure_kmrn_for_10_100(hw, *duplex);
        if (ret_val)
            return ret_val;
    }

    if ((hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3) && (*speed == SPEED_1000)) {
        ret_val = e1000_kumeran_lock_loss_workaround(hw);
        if (ret_val)
            return ret_val;
    }

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
* Blocks until autoneg completes or times out (~4.5 seconds)
*
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
******************************************************************************/
static int32_t
e1000_wait_autoneg(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t i;
    uint16_t phy_data;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_wait_autoneg");
    DEBUGOUT("Waiting for Auto-Neg to complete.\n");

    /* We will wait for autoneg to complete or 4.5 seconds to expire. */
    for(i = PHY_AUTO_NEG_TIME; i > 0; i--) {
        /* Read the MII Status Register and wait for Auto-Neg
         * Complete bit to be set.
         */
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;
        if(phy_data & MII_SR_AUTONEG_COMPLETE) {
            return E1000_SUCCESS;
        }
        msec_delay(100);
    }
    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
* Raises the Management Data Clock
*
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
* ctrl - Device control register's current value
******************************************************************************/
static void
e1000_raise_mdi_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                    uint32_t *ctrl)
{
    /* Raise the clock input to the Management Data Clock (by setting the MDC
     * bit), and then delay 10 microseconds.
     */
    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, (*ctrl | E1000_CTRL_MDC));
    E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
    udelay(10);
}

/******************************************************************************
* Lowers the Management Data Clock
*
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
* ctrl - Device control register's current value
******************************************************************************/
static void
e1000_lower_mdi_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                    uint32_t *ctrl)
{
    /* Lower the clock input to the Management Data Clock (by clearing the MDC
     * bit), and then delay 10 microseconds.
     */
    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, (*ctrl & ~E1000_CTRL_MDC));
    E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
    udelay(10);
}

/******************************************************************************
* Shifts data bits out to the PHY
*
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
* data - Data to send out to the PHY
* count - Number of bits to shift out
*
* Bits are shifted out in MSB to LSB order.
******************************************************************************/
static void
e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                         uint32_t data,
                         uint16_t count)
{
    uint32_t ctrl;
    uint32_t mask;

    /* We need to shift "count" number of bits out to the PHY. So, the value
     * in the "data" parameter will be shifted out to the PHY one bit at a
     * time. In order to do this, "data" must be broken down into bits.
     */
    mask = 0x01;
    mask <<= (count - 1);

    ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);

    /* Set MDIO_DIR and MDC_DIR direction bits to be used as output pins. */
    ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_MDIO_DIR | E1000_CTRL_MDC_DIR);

    while(mask) {
        /* A "1" is shifted out to the PHY by setting the MDIO bit to "1" and
         * then raising and lowering the Management Data Clock. A "0" is
         * shifted out to the PHY by setting the MDIO bit to "0" and then
         * raising and lowering the clock.
         */
        if(data & mask) ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_MDIO;
        else ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_MDIO;

        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);

        udelay(10);

        e1000_raise_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
        e1000_lower_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);

        mask = mask >> 1;
    }
}

/******************************************************************************
* Shifts data bits in from the PHY
*
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
*
* Bits are shifted in in MSB to LSB order.
******************************************************************************/
static uint16_t
e1000_shift_in_mdi_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t ctrl;
    uint16_t data = 0;
    uint8_t i;

    /* In order to read a register from the PHY, we need to shift in a total
     * of 18 bits from the PHY. The first two bit (turnaround) times are used
     * to avoid contention on the MDIO pin when a read operation is performed.
     * These two bits are ignored by us and thrown away. Bits are "shifted in"
     * by raising the input to the Management Data Clock (setting the MDC bit),
     * and then reading the value of the MDIO bit.
     */
    ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);

    /* Clear MDIO_DIR (SWDPIO1) to indicate this bit is to be used as input. */
    ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_MDIO_DIR;
    ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_MDIO;

    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
    E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);

    /* Raise and Lower the clock before reading in the data. This accounts for
     * the turnaround bits. The first clock occurred when we clocked out the
     * last bit of the Register Address.
     */
    e1000_raise_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
    e1000_lower_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);

    for(data = 0, i = 0; i < 16; i++) {
        data = data << 1;
        e1000_raise_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
        ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
        /* Check to see if we shifted in a "1". */
        if(ctrl & E1000_CTRL_MDIO) data |= 1;
        e1000_lower_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
    }

    e1000_raise_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
    e1000_lower_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);

    return data;
}

int32_t
e1000_swfw_sync_acquire(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t mask)
{
    uint32_t swfw_sync = 0;
    uint32_t swmask = mask;
    uint32_t fwmask = mask << 16;
    int32_t timeout = 200;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_swfw_sync_acquire");

    if (hw->swfwhw_semaphore_present)
        return e1000_get_software_flag(hw);

    if (!hw->swfw_sync_present)
        return e1000_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw);

    while(timeout) {
            if (e1000_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw))
                return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;

            swfw_sync = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SW_FW_SYNC);
            if (!(swfw_sync & (fwmask | swmask))) {
                break;
            }

            /* firmware currently using resource (fwmask) */
            /* or other software thread currently using resource (swmask) */
            e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw);
            msec_delay_irq(5);
            timeout--;
    }

    if (!timeout) {
        DEBUGOUT("Driver can't access resource, SW_FW_SYNC timeout.\n");
        return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;
    }

    swfw_sync |= swmask;
    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, SW_FW_SYNC, swfw_sync);

    e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw);
    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

void
e1000_swfw_sync_release(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t mask)
{
    uint32_t swfw_sync;
    uint32_t swmask = mask;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_swfw_sync_release");

    if (hw->swfwhw_semaphore_present) {
        e1000_release_software_flag(hw);
        return;
    }

    if (!hw->swfw_sync_present) {
        e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw);
        return;
    }

    /* if (e1000_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw))
     *    return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC; */
    while (e1000_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw) != E1000_SUCCESS);
        /* empty */

    swfw_sync = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SW_FW_SYNC);
    swfw_sync &= ~swmask;
    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, SW_FW_SYNC, swfw_sync);

    e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw);
}

/*****************************************************************************
* Reads the value from a PHY register, if the value is on a specific non zero
* page, sets the page first.
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
* reg_addr - address of the PHY register to read
******************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_read_phy_reg(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                   uint32_t reg_addr,
                   uint16_t *phy_data)
{
    uint32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t swfw;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_read_phy_reg");

    if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) &&
        (E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_FUNC_1)) {
        swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY1_SM;
    } else {
        swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY0_SM;
    }
    if (e1000_swfw_sync_acquire(hw, swfw))
        return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;

    if ((hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp ||
        hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3 ||
        hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2) &&
       (reg_addr > MAX_PHY_MULTI_PAGE_REG)) {
        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT,
                                         (uint16_t)reg_addr);
        if(ret_val) {
            e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
            return ret_val;
        }
    } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563) {
        if (((reg_addr & MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS) > MAX_PHY_MULTI_PAGE_REG) ||
            (hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan)) {
            /* Select Configuration Page */
            if ((reg_addr & MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS) < GG82563_MIN_ALT_REG) {
                ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw, GG82563_PHY_PAGE_SELECT,
                          (uint16_t)((uint16_t)reg_addr >> GG82563_PAGE_SHIFT));
            } else {
                /* Use Alternative Page Select register to access
                 * registers 30 and 31
                 */
                ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw,
                                                 GG82563_PHY_PAGE_SELECT_ALT,
                          (uint16_t)((uint16_t)reg_addr >> GG82563_PAGE_SHIFT));
            }

            if (ret_val) {
                e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
                return ret_val;
            }
        }
    }

    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg_ex(hw, MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS & reg_addr,
                                    phy_data);

    e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
    return ret_val;
}

int32_t
e1000_read_phy_reg_ex(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                      uint32_t reg_addr,
                      uint16_t *phy_data)
{
    uint32_t i;
    uint32_t mdic = 0;
    const uint32_t phy_addr = 1;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_read_phy_reg_ex");

    if(reg_addr > MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS) {
        DEBUGOUT1("PHY Address %d is out of range\n", reg_addr);
        return -E1000_ERR_PARAM;
    }

    if(hw->mac_type > e1000_82543) {
        /* Set up Op-code, Phy Address, and register address in the MDI
         * Control register.  The MAC will take care of interfacing with the
         * PHY to retrieve the desired data.
         */
        mdic = ((reg_addr << E1000_MDIC_REG_SHIFT) |
                (phy_addr << E1000_MDIC_PHY_SHIFT) |
                (E1000_MDIC_OP_READ));

        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, MDIC, mdic);

        /* Poll the ready bit to see if the MDI read completed */
        for(i = 0; i < 64; i++) {
            udelay(50);
            mdic = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MDIC);
            if(mdic & E1000_MDIC_READY) break;
        }
        if(!(mdic & E1000_MDIC_READY)) {
            DEBUGOUT("MDI Read did not complete\n");
            return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
        }
        if(mdic & E1000_MDIC_ERROR) {
            DEBUGOUT("MDI Error\n");
            return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
        }
        *phy_data = (uint16_t) mdic;
    } else {
        /* We must first send a preamble through the MDIO pin to signal the
         * beginning of an MII instruction.  This is done by sending 32
         * consecutive "1" bits.
         */
        e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits(hw, PHY_PREAMBLE, PHY_PREAMBLE_SIZE);

        /* Now combine the next few fields that are required for a read
         * operation.  We use this method instead of calling the
         * e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits routine five different times. The format of
         * a MII read instruction consists of a shift out of 14 bits and is
         * defined as follows:
         *    <Preamble><SOF><Op Code><Phy Addr><Reg Addr>
         * followed by a shift in of 18 bits.  This first two bits shifted in
         * are TurnAround bits used to avoid contention on the MDIO pin when a
         * READ operation is performed.  These two bits are thrown away
         * followed by a shift in of 16 bits which contains the desired data.
         */
        mdic = ((reg_addr) | (phy_addr << 5) |
                (PHY_OP_READ << 10) | (PHY_SOF << 12));

        e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits(hw, mdic, 14);

        /* Now that we've shifted out the read command to the MII, we need to
         * "shift in" the 16-bit value (18 total bits) of the requested PHY
         * register address.
         */
        *phy_data = e1000_shift_in_mdi_bits(hw);
    }
    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
* Writes a value to a PHY register
*
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
* reg_addr - address of the PHY register to write
* data - data to write to the PHY
******************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_write_phy_reg(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                    uint32_t reg_addr,
                    uint16_t phy_data)
{
    uint32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t swfw;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_write_phy_reg");

    if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) &&
        (E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_FUNC_1)) {
        swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY1_SM;
    } else {
        swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY0_SM;
    }
    if (e1000_swfw_sync_acquire(hw, swfw))
        return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;

    if ((hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp ||
        hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3 ||
        hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2) &&
       (reg_addr > MAX_PHY_MULTI_PAGE_REG)) {
        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT,
                                         (uint16_t)reg_addr);
        if(ret_val) {
            e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
            return ret_val;
        }
    } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563) {
        if (((reg_addr & MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS) > MAX_PHY_MULTI_PAGE_REG) ||
            (hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan)) {
            /* Select Configuration Page */
            if ((reg_addr & MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS) < GG82563_MIN_ALT_REG) {
                ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw, GG82563_PHY_PAGE_SELECT,
                          (uint16_t)((uint16_t)reg_addr >> GG82563_PAGE_SHIFT));
            } else {
                /* Use Alternative Page Select register to access
                 * registers 30 and 31
                 */
                ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw,
                                                 GG82563_PHY_PAGE_SELECT_ALT,
                          (uint16_t)((uint16_t)reg_addr >> GG82563_PAGE_SHIFT));
            }

            if (ret_val) {
                e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
                return ret_val;
            }
        }
    }

    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw, MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS & reg_addr,
                                     phy_data);

    e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
    return ret_val;
}

int32_t
e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                    uint32_t reg_addr,
                    uint16_t phy_data)
{
    uint32_t i;
    uint32_t mdic = 0;
    const uint32_t phy_addr = 1;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_write_phy_reg_ex");

    if(reg_addr > MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS) {
        DEBUGOUT1("PHY Address %d is out of range\n", reg_addr);
        return -E1000_ERR_PARAM;
    }

    if(hw->mac_type > e1000_82543) {
        /* Set up Op-code, Phy Address, register address, and data intended
         * for the PHY register in the MDI Control register.  The MAC will take
         * care of interfacing with the PHY to send the desired data.
         */
        mdic = (((uint32_t) phy_data) |
                (reg_addr << E1000_MDIC_REG_SHIFT) |
                (phy_addr << E1000_MDIC_PHY_SHIFT) |
                (E1000_MDIC_OP_WRITE));

        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, MDIC, mdic);

        /* Poll the ready bit to see if the MDI read completed */
        for(i = 0; i < 640; i++) {
            udelay(5);
            mdic = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MDIC);
            if(mdic & E1000_MDIC_READY) break;
        }
        if(!(mdic & E1000_MDIC_READY)) {
            DEBUGOUT("MDI Write did not complete\n");
            return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
        }
    } else {
        /* We'll need to use the SW defined pins to shift the write command
         * out to the PHY. We first send a preamble to the PHY to signal the
         * beginning of the MII instruction.  This is done by sending 32
         * consecutive "1" bits.
         */
        e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits(hw, PHY_PREAMBLE, PHY_PREAMBLE_SIZE);

        /* Now combine the remaining required fields that will indicate a
         * write operation. We use this method instead of calling the
         * e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits routine for each field in the command. The
         * format of a MII write instruction is as follows:
         * <Preamble><SOF><Op Code><Phy Addr><Reg Addr><Turnaround><Data>.
         */
        mdic = ((PHY_TURNAROUND) | (reg_addr << 2) | (phy_addr << 7) |
                (PHY_OP_WRITE << 12) | (PHY_SOF << 14));
        mdic <<= 16;
        mdic |= (uint32_t) phy_data;

        e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits(hw, mdic, 32);
    }

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

int32_t
e1000_read_kmrn_reg(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                    uint32_t reg_addr,
                    uint16_t *data)
{
    uint32_t reg_val;
    uint16_t swfw;
    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_read_kmrn_reg");

    if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) &&
        (E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_FUNC_1)) {
        swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY1_SM;
    } else {
        swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY0_SM;
    }
    if (e1000_swfw_sync_acquire(hw, swfw))
        return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;

    /* Write register address */
    reg_val = ((reg_addr << E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_OFFSET_SHIFT) &
              E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_OFFSET) |
              E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_REN;
    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, KUMCTRLSTA, reg_val);
    udelay(2);

    /* Read the data returned */
    reg_val = E1000_READ_REG(hw, KUMCTRLSTA);
    *data = (uint16_t)reg_val;

    e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

int32_t
e1000_write_kmrn_reg(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                     uint32_t reg_addr,
                     uint16_t data)
{
    uint32_t reg_val;
    uint16_t swfw;
    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_write_kmrn_reg");

    if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) &&
        (E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_FUNC_1)) {
        swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY1_SM;
    } else {
        swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY0_SM;
    }
    if (e1000_swfw_sync_acquire(hw, swfw))
        return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;

    reg_val = ((reg_addr << E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_OFFSET_SHIFT) &
              E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_OFFSET) | data;
    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, KUMCTRLSTA, reg_val);
    udelay(2);

    e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
* Returns the PHY to the power-on reset state
*
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
******************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_phy_hw_reset(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t ctrl, ctrl_ext;
    uint32_t led_ctrl;
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t swfw;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_hw_reset");

    /* In the case of the phy reset being blocked, it's not an error, we
     * simply return success without performing the reset. */
    ret_val = e1000_check_phy_reset_block(hw);
    if (ret_val)
        return E1000_SUCCESS;

    DEBUGOUT("Resetting Phy...\n");

    if(hw->mac_type > e1000_82543) {
        if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) &&
            (E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_FUNC_1)) {
            swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY1_SM;
        } else {
            swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY0_SM;
        }
        if (e1000_swfw_sync_acquire(hw, swfw)) {
            e1000_release_software_semaphore(hw);
            return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;
        }
        /* Read the device control register and assert the E1000_CTRL_PHY_RST
         * bit. Then, take it out of reset.
         * For pre-e1000_82571 hardware, we delay for 10ms between the assert
         * and deassert.  For e1000_82571 hardware and later, we instead delay
         * for 50us between and 10ms after the deassertion.
         */
        ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl | E1000_CTRL_PHY_RST);
        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);

        if (hw->mac_type < e1000_82571)
            msec_delay(10);
        else
            udelay(100);

        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);

        if (hw->mac_type >= e1000_82571)
            msec_delay_irq(10);
        e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
    } else {
        /* Read the Extended Device Control Register, assert the PHY_RESET_DIR
         * bit to put the PHY into reset. Then, take it out of reset.
         */
        ctrl_ext = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT);
        ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_SDP4_DIR;
        ctrl_ext &= ~E1000_CTRL_EXT_SDP4_DATA;
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
        msec_delay(10);
        ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_SDP4_DATA;
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
    }
    udelay(150);

    if((hw->mac_type == e1000_82541) || (hw->mac_type == e1000_82547)) {
        /* Configure activity LED after PHY reset */
        led_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, LEDCTL);
        led_ctrl &= IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_MASK;
        led_ctrl |= (IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_ENABLE | IGP_LED3_MODE);
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, led_ctrl);
    }

    /* Wait for FW to finish PHY configuration. */
    ret_val = e1000_get_phy_cfg_done(hw);
    e1000_release_software_semaphore(hw);

        if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) &&
            (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3)) {
            ret_val = e1000_init_lcd_from_nvm(hw);
            if (ret_val)
                return ret_val;
        }
    return ret_val;
}

/******************************************************************************
* Resets the PHY
*
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
*
* Sets bit 15 of the MII Control regiser
******************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_phy_reset(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t phy_data;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_reset");

    /* In the case of the phy reset being blocked, it's not an error, we
     * simply return success without performing the reset. */
    ret_val = e1000_check_phy_reset_block(hw);
    if (ret_val)
        return E1000_SUCCESS;

    switch (hw->mac_type) {
    case e1000_82541_rev_2:
    case e1000_82571:
    case e1000_82572:
    case e1000_ich8lan:
        ret_val = e1000_phy_hw_reset(hw);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        break;
    default:
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, &phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        phy_data |= MII_CR_RESET;
        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        udelay(1);
        break;
    }

    if(hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp || hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2)
        e1000_phy_init_script(hw);

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
* Work-around for 82566 power-down: on D3 entry-
* 1) disable gigabit link
* 2) write VR power-down enable
* 3) read it back
* if successful continue, else issue LCD reset and repeat
*
* hw - struct containing variables accessed by shared code
******************************************************************************/
void
e1000_phy_powerdown_workaround(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    int32_t reg;
    uint16_t phy_data;
    int32_t retry = 0;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_powerdown_workaround");

    if (hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_igp_3)
        return;

    do {
        /* Disable link */
        reg = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PHY_CTRL);
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, PHY_CTRL, reg | E1000_PHY_CTRL_GBE_DISABLE |
                        E1000_PHY_CTRL_NOND0A_GBE_DISABLE);

        /* Write VR power-down enable */
        e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP3_VR_CTRL, &phy_data);
        e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP3_VR_CTRL, phy_data |
                            IGP3_VR_CTRL_MODE_SHUT);

        /* Read it back and test */
        e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP3_VR_CTRL, &phy_data);
        if ((phy_data & IGP3_VR_CTRL_MODE_SHUT) || retry)
            break;

        /* Issue PHY reset and repeat at most one more time */
        reg = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, reg | E1000_CTRL_PHY_RST);
        retry++;
    } while (retry);

    return;

}

/******************************************************************************
* Work-around for 82566 Kumeran PCS lock loss:
* On link status change (i.e. PCI reset, speed change) and link is up and
* speed is gigabit-
* 0) if workaround is optionally disabled do nothing
* 1) wait 1ms for Kumeran link to come up
* 2) check Kumeran Diagnostic register PCS lock loss bit
* 3) if not set the link is locked (all is good), otherwise...
* 4) reset the PHY
* 5) repeat up to 10 times
* Note: this is only called for IGP3 copper when speed is 1gb.
*
* hw - struct containing variables accessed by shared code
******************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_kumeran_lock_loss_workaround(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    int32_t ret_val;
    int32_t reg;
    int32_t cnt;
    uint16_t phy_data;

    if (hw->kmrn_lock_loss_workaround_disabled)
        return E1000_SUCCESS;

    /* Make sure link is up before proceeding. If not just return.
     * Attempting this while link is negotiating fouls up link
     * stability */
    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);

    if (phy_data & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) {
        for (cnt = 0; cnt < 10; cnt++) {
            /* read once to clear */
            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP3_KMRN_DIAG, &phy_data);
            if (ret_val)
                return ret_val;
            /* and again to get new status */
            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP3_KMRN_DIAG, &phy_data);
            if (ret_val)
                return ret_val;

            /* check for PCS lock */
            if (!(phy_data & IGP3_KMRN_DIAG_PCS_LOCK_LOSS))
                return E1000_SUCCESS;

            /* Issue PHY reset */
            e1000_phy_hw_reset(hw);
            msec_delay_irq(5);
        }
        /* Disable GigE link negotiation */
        reg = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PHY_CTRL);
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, PHY_CTRL, reg | E1000_PHY_CTRL_GBE_DISABLE |
                        E1000_PHY_CTRL_NOND0A_GBE_DISABLE);

        /* unable to acquire PCS lock */
        return E1000_ERR_PHY;
    }

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
* Probes the expected PHY address for known PHY IDs
*
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
******************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_detect_gig_phy(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    int32_t phy_init_status, ret_val;
    uint16_t phy_id_high, phy_id_low;
    boolean_t match = FALSE;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_detect_gig_phy");

    /* The 82571 firmware may still be configuring the PHY.  In this
     * case, we cannot access the PHY until the configuration is done.  So
     * we explicitly set the PHY values. */
    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82571 ||
        hw->mac_type == e1000_82572) {
        hw->phy_id = IGP01E1000_I_PHY_ID;
        hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_igp_2;
        return E1000_SUCCESS;
    }

    /* ESB-2 PHY reads require e1000_phy_gg82563 to be set because of a work-
     * around that forces PHY page 0 to be set or the reads fail.  The rest of
     * the code in this routine uses e1000_read_phy_reg to read the PHY ID.
     * So for ESB-2 we need to have this set so our reads won't fail.  If the
     * attached PHY is not a e1000_phy_gg82563, the routines below will figure
     * this out as well. */
    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan)
        hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_gg82563;

    /* Read the PHY ID Registers to identify which PHY is onboard. */
    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_ID1, &phy_id_high);
    if (ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    hw->phy_id = (uint32_t) (phy_id_high << 16);
    udelay(20);
    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_ID2, &phy_id_low);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    hw->phy_id |= (uint32_t) (phy_id_low & PHY_REVISION_MASK);
    hw->phy_revision = (uint32_t) phy_id_low & ~PHY_REVISION_MASK;

    switch(hw->mac_type) {
    case e1000_82543:
        if(hw->phy_id == M88E1000_E_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
        break;
    case e1000_82544:
        if(hw->phy_id == M88E1000_I_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
        break;
    case e1000_82540:
    case e1000_82545:
    case e1000_82545_rev_3:
    case e1000_82546:
    case e1000_82546_rev_3:
        if(hw->phy_id == M88E1011_I_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
        break;
    case e1000_82541:
    case e1000_82541_rev_2:
    case e1000_82547:
    case e1000_82547_rev_2:
        if(hw->phy_id == IGP01E1000_I_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
        break;
    case e1000_82573:
        if(hw->phy_id == M88E1111_I_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
        break;
    case e1000_80003es2lan:
        if (hw->phy_id == GG82563_E_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
        break;
    case e1000_ich8lan:
        if (hw->phy_id == IGP03E1000_E_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
        if (hw->phy_id == IFE_E_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
        if (hw->phy_id == IFE_PLUS_E_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
        if (hw->phy_id == IFE_C_E_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
        break;
    default:
        DEBUGOUT1("Invalid MAC type %d\n", hw->mac_type);
        return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
    }
    phy_init_status = e1000_set_phy_type(hw);

    if ((match) && (phy_init_status == E1000_SUCCESS)) {
        DEBUGOUT1("PHY ID 0x%X detected\n", hw->phy_id);
        return E1000_SUCCESS;
    }
    DEBUGOUT1("Invalid PHY ID 0x%X\n", hw->phy_id);
    return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
}

/******************************************************************************
* Resets the PHY's DSP
*
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
******************************************************************************/
static int32_t
e1000_phy_reset_dsp(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    int32_t ret_val;
    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_reset_dsp");

    do {
        if (hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_gg82563) {
            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 29, 0x001d);
            if(ret_val) break;
        }
        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 30, 0x00c1);
        if(ret_val) break;
        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 30, 0x0000);
        if(ret_val) break;
        ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;
    } while(0);

    return ret_val;
}

/******************************************************************************
* Get PHY information from various PHY registers for igp PHY only.
*
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
* phy_info - PHY information structure
******************************************************************************/
static int32_t
e1000_phy_igp_get_info(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                       struct e1000_phy_info *phy_info)
{
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t phy_data, polarity, min_length, max_length, average;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_igp_get_info");

    /* The downshift status is checked only once, after link is established,
     * and it stored in the hw->speed_downgraded parameter. */
    phy_info->downshift = (e1000_downshift)hw->speed_downgraded;

    /* IGP01E1000 does not need to support it. */
    phy_info->extended_10bt_distance = e1000_10bt_ext_dist_enable_normal;

    /* IGP01E1000 always correct polarity reversal */
    phy_info->polarity_correction = e1000_polarity_reversal_enabled;

    /* Check polarity status */
    ret_val = e1000_check_polarity(hw, &polarity);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    phy_info->cable_polarity = polarity;

    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_STATUS, &phy_data);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    phy_info->mdix_mode = (phy_data & IGP01E1000_PSSR_MDIX) >>
                          IGP01E1000_PSSR_MDIX_SHIFT;

    if((phy_data & IGP01E1000_PSSR_SPEED_MASK) ==
       IGP01E1000_PSSR_SPEED_1000MBPS) {
        /* Local/Remote Receiver Information are only valid at 1000 Mbps */
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_STATUS, &phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        phy_info->local_rx = (phy_data & SR_1000T_LOCAL_RX_STATUS) >>
                             SR_1000T_LOCAL_RX_STATUS_SHIFT;
        phy_info->remote_rx = (phy_data & SR_1000T_REMOTE_RX_STATUS) >>
                              SR_1000T_REMOTE_RX_STATUS_SHIFT;

        /* Get cable length */
        ret_val = e1000_get_cable_length(hw, &min_length, &max_length);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        /* Translate to old method */
        average = (max_length + min_length) / 2;

        if(average <= e1000_igp_cable_length_50)
            phy_info->cable_length = e1000_cable_length_50;
        else if(average <= e1000_igp_cable_length_80)
            phy_info->cable_length = e1000_cable_length_50_80;
        else if(average <= e1000_igp_cable_length_110)
            phy_info->cable_length = e1000_cable_length_80_110;
        else if(average <= e1000_igp_cable_length_140)
            phy_info->cable_length = e1000_cable_length_110_140;
        else
            phy_info->cable_length = e1000_cable_length_140;
    }

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
* Get PHY information from various PHY registers for ife PHY only.
*
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
* phy_info - PHY information structure
******************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_phy_ife_get_info(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                       struct e1000_phy_info *phy_info)
{
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t phy_data, polarity;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_ife_get_info");

    phy_info->downshift = (e1000_downshift)hw->speed_downgraded;
    phy_info->extended_10bt_distance = e1000_10bt_ext_dist_enable_normal;

    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_SPECIAL_CONTROL, &phy_data);
    if (ret_val)
        return ret_val;
    phy_info->polarity_correction =
                        (phy_data & IFE_PSC_AUTO_POLARITY_DISABLE) >>
                        IFE_PSC_AUTO_POLARITY_DISABLE_SHIFT;

    if (phy_info->polarity_correction == e1000_polarity_reversal_enabled) {
        ret_val = e1000_check_polarity(hw, &polarity);
        if (ret_val)
            return ret_val;
    } else {
        /* Polarity is forced. */
        polarity = (phy_data & IFE_PSC_FORCE_POLARITY) >>
                       IFE_PSC_FORCE_POLARITY_SHIFT;
    }
    phy_info->cable_polarity = polarity;

    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_MDIX_CONTROL, &phy_data);
    if (ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    phy_info->mdix_mode =
                     (phy_data & (IFE_PMC_AUTO_MDIX | IFE_PMC_FORCE_MDIX)) >>
                     IFE_PMC_MDIX_MODE_SHIFT;

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
* Get PHY information from various PHY registers fot m88 PHY only.
*
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
* phy_info - PHY information structure
******************************************************************************/
static int32_t
e1000_phy_m88_get_info(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                       struct e1000_phy_info *phy_info)
{
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t phy_data, polarity;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_m88_get_info");

    /* The downshift status is checked only once, after link is established,
     * and it stored in the hw->speed_downgraded parameter. */
    phy_info->downshift = (e1000_downshift)hw->speed_downgraded;

    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    phy_info->extended_10bt_distance =
        (phy_data & M88E1000_PSCR_10BT_EXT_DIST_ENABLE) >>
        M88E1000_PSCR_10BT_EXT_DIST_ENABLE_SHIFT;
    phy_info->polarity_correction =
        (phy_data & M88E1000_PSCR_POLARITY_REVERSAL) >>
        M88E1000_PSCR_POLARITY_REVERSAL_SHIFT;

    /* Check polarity status */
    ret_val = e1000_check_polarity(hw, &polarity);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;
    phy_info->cable_polarity = polarity;

    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_STATUS, &phy_data);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    phy_info->mdix_mode = (phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_MDIX) >>
                          M88E1000_PSSR_MDIX_SHIFT;

    if ((phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_SPEED) == M88E1000_PSSR_1000MBS) {
        /* Cable Length Estimation and Local/Remote Receiver Information
         * are only valid at 1000 Mbps.
         */
        if (hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_gg82563) {
            phy_info->cable_length = ((phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_CABLE_LENGTH) >>
                                      M88E1000_PSSR_CABLE_LENGTH_SHIFT);
        } else {
            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_DSP_DISTANCE,
                                         &phy_data);
            if (ret_val)
                return ret_val;

            phy_info->cable_length = phy_data & GG82563_DSPD_CABLE_LENGTH;
        }

        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_STATUS, &phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        phy_info->local_rx = (phy_data & SR_1000T_LOCAL_RX_STATUS) >>
                             SR_1000T_LOCAL_RX_STATUS_SHIFT;

        phy_info->remote_rx = (phy_data & SR_1000T_REMOTE_RX_STATUS) >>
                              SR_1000T_REMOTE_RX_STATUS_SHIFT;
    }

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
* Get PHY information from various PHY registers
*
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
* phy_info - PHY information structure
******************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_phy_get_info(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                   struct e1000_phy_info *phy_info)
{
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t phy_data;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_get_info");

    phy_info->cable_length = e1000_cable_length_undefined;
    phy_info->extended_10bt_distance = e1000_10bt_ext_dist_enable_undefined;
    phy_info->cable_polarity = e1000_rev_polarity_undefined;
    phy_info->downshift = e1000_downshift_undefined;
    phy_info->polarity_correction = e1000_polarity_reversal_undefined;
    phy_info->mdix_mode = e1000_auto_x_mode_undefined;
    phy_info->local_rx = e1000_1000t_rx_status_undefined;
    phy_info->remote_rx = e1000_1000t_rx_status_undefined;

    if(hw->media_type != e1000_media_type_copper) {
        DEBUGOUT("PHY info is only valid for copper media\n");
        return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
    }

    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    if((phy_data & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) != MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) {
        DEBUGOUT("PHY info is only valid if link is up\n");
        return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
    }

    if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp ||
        hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3 ||
        hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2)
        return e1000_phy_igp_get_info(hw, phy_info);
    else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife)
        return e1000_phy_ife_get_info(hw, phy_info);
    else
        return e1000_phy_m88_get_info(hw, phy_info);
}

int32_t
e1000_validate_mdi_setting(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_validate_mdi_settings");

    if(!hw->autoneg && (hw->mdix == 0 || hw->mdix == 3)) {
        DEBUGOUT("Invalid MDI setting detected\n");
        hw->mdix = 1;
        return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
    }
    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}


/******************************************************************************
 * Sets up eeprom variables in the hw struct.  Must be called after mac_type
 * is configured.  Additionally, if this is ICH8, the flash controller GbE
 * registers must be mapped, or this will crash.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_init_eeprom_params(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
    uint32_t eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
    int32_t ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;
    uint16_t eeprom_size;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_init_eeprom_params");

    switch (hw->mac_type) {
    case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
    case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
    case e1000_82543:
    case e1000_82544:
        eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_microwire;
        eeprom->word_size = 64;
        eeprom->opcode_bits = 3;
        eeprom->address_bits = 6;
        eeprom->delay_usec = 50;
        eeprom->use_eerd = FALSE;
        eeprom->use_eewr = FALSE;
        break;
    case e1000_82540:
    case e1000_82545:
    case e1000_82545_rev_3:
    case e1000_82546:
    case e1000_82546_rev_3:
        eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_microwire;
        eeprom->opcode_bits = 3;
        eeprom->delay_usec = 50;
        if(eecd & E1000_EECD_SIZE) {
            eeprom->word_size = 256;
            eeprom->address_bits = 8;
        } else {
            eeprom->word_size = 64;
            eeprom->address_bits = 6;
        }
        eeprom->use_eerd = FALSE;
        eeprom->use_eewr = FALSE;
        break;
    case e1000_82541:
    case e1000_82541_rev_2:
    case e1000_82547:
    case e1000_82547_rev_2:
        if (eecd & E1000_EECD_TYPE) {
            eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_spi;
            eeprom->opcode_bits = 8;
            eeprom->delay_usec = 1;
            if (eecd & E1000_EECD_ADDR_BITS) {
                eeprom->page_size = 32;
                eeprom->address_bits = 16;
            } else {
                eeprom->page_size = 8;
                eeprom->address_bits = 8;
            }
        } else {
            eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_microwire;
            eeprom->opcode_bits = 3;
            eeprom->delay_usec = 50;
            if (eecd & E1000_EECD_ADDR_BITS) {
                eeprom->word_size = 256;
                eeprom->address_bits = 8;
            } else {
                eeprom->word_size = 64;
                eeprom->address_bits = 6;
            }
        }
        eeprom->use_eerd = FALSE;
        eeprom->use_eewr = FALSE;
        break;
    case e1000_82571:
    case e1000_82572:
        eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_spi;
        eeprom->opcode_bits = 8;
        eeprom->delay_usec = 1;
        if (eecd & E1000_EECD_ADDR_BITS) {
            eeprom->page_size = 32;
            eeprom->address_bits = 16;
        } else {
            eeprom->page_size = 8;
            eeprom->address_bits = 8;
        }
        eeprom->use_eerd = FALSE;
        eeprom->use_eewr = FALSE;
        break;
    case e1000_82573:
        eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_spi;
        eeprom->opcode_bits = 8;
        eeprom->delay_usec = 1;
        if (eecd & E1000_EECD_ADDR_BITS) {
            eeprom->page_size = 32;
            eeprom->address_bits = 16;
        } else {
            eeprom->page_size = 8;
            eeprom->address_bits = 8;
        }
        eeprom->use_eerd = TRUE;
        eeprom->use_eewr = TRUE;
        if(e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(hw) == FALSE) {
            eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_flash;
            eeprom->word_size = 2048;

            /* Ensure that the Autonomous FLASH update bit is cleared due to
             * Flash update issue on parts which use a FLASH for NVM. */
            eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_AUPDEN;
            E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
        }
        break;
    case e1000_80003es2lan:
        eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_spi;
        eeprom->opcode_bits = 8;
        eeprom->delay_usec = 1;
        if (eecd & E1000_EECD_ADDR_BITS) {
            eeprom->page_size = 32;
            eeprom->address_bits = 16;
        } else {
            eeprom->page_size = 8;
            eeprom->address_bits = 8;
        }
        eeprom->use_eerd = TRUE;
        eeprom->use_eewr = FALSE;
        break;
    case e1000_ich8lan:
    {
        int32_t  i = 0;
        uint32_t flash_size = E1000_READ_ICH8_REG(hw, ICH8_FLASH_GFPREG);

        eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_ich8;
        eeprom->use_eerd = FALSE;
        eeprom->use_eewr = FALSE;
        eeprom->word_size = E1000_SHADOW_RAM_WORDS;

        /* Zero the shadow RAM structure. But don't load it from NVM
         * so as to save time for driver init */
        if (hw->eeprom_shadow_ram != NULL) {
            for (i = 0; i < E1000_SHADOW_RAM_WORDS; i++) {
                hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[i].modified = FALSE;
                hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[i].eeprom_word = 0xFFFF;
            }
        }

        hw->flash_base_addr = (flash_size & ICH8_GFPREG_BASE_MASK) *
                              ICH8_FLASH_SECTOR_SIZE;

        hw->flash_bank_size = ((flash_size >> 16) & ICH8_GFPREG_BASE_MASK) + 1;
        hw->flash_bank_size -= (flash_size & ICH8_GFPREG_BASE_MASK);
        hw->flash_bank_size *= ICH8_FLASH_SECTOR_SIZE;
        hw->flash_bank_size /= 2 * sizeof(uint16_t);

        break;
    }
    default:
        break;
    }

    if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_spi) {
        /* eeprom_size will be an enum [0..8] that maps to eeprom sizes 128B to
         * 32KB (incremented by powers of 2).
         */
        if(hw->mac_type <= e1000_82547_rev_2) {
            /* Set to default value for initial eeprom read. */
            eeprom->word_size = 64;
            ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_CFG, 1, &eeprom_size);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;
            eeprom_size = (eeprom_size & EEPROM_SIZE_MASK) >> EEPROM_SIZE_SHIFT;
            /* 256B eeprom size was not supported in earlier hardware, so we
             * bump eeprom_size up one to ensure that "1" (which maps to 256B)
             * is never the result used in the shifting logic below. */
            if(eeprom_size)
                eeprom_size++;
        } else {
            eeprom_size = (uint16_t)((eecd & E1000_EECD_SIZE_EX_MASK) >>
                          E1000_EECD_SIZE_EX_SHIFT);
        }

        eeprom->word_size = 1 << (eeprom_size + EEPROM_WORD_SIZE_SHIFT);
    }
    return ret_val;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Raises the EEPROM's clock input.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * eecd - EECD's current value
 *****************************************************************************/
static void
e1000_raise_ee_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                   uint32_t *eecd)
{
    /* Raise the clock input to the EEPROM (by setting the SK bit), and then
     * wait <delay> microseconds.
     */
    *eecd = *eecd | E1000_EECD_SK;
    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, *eecd);
    E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
    udelay(hw->eeprom.delay_usec);
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Lowers the EEPROM's clock input.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * eecd - EECD's current value
 *****************************************************************************/
static void
e1000_lower_ee_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                   uint32_t *eecd)
{
    /* Lower the clock input to the EEPROM (by clearing the SK bit), and then
     * wait 50 microseconds.
     */
    *eecd = *eecd & ~E1000_EECD_SK;
    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, *eecd);
    E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
    udelay(hw->eeprom.delay_usec);
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Shift data bits out to the EEPROM.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * data - data to send to the EEPROM
 * count - number of bits to shift out
 *****************************************************************************/
static void
e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                        uint16_t data,
                        uint16_t count)
{
    struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
    uint32_t eecd;
    uint32_t mask;

    /* We need to shift "count" bits out to the EEPROM. So, value in the
     * "data" parameter will be shifted out to the EEPROM one bit at a time.
     * In order to do this, "data" must be broken down into bits.
     */
    mask = 0x01 << (count - 1);
    eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
    if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_microwire) {
        eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_DO;
    } else if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_spi) {
        eecd |= E1000_EECD_DO;
    }
    do {
        /* A "1" is shifted out to the EEPROM by setting bit "DI" to a "1",
         * and then raising and then lowering the clock (the SK bit controls
         * the clock input to the EEPROM).  A "0" is shifted out to the EEPROM
         * by setting "DI" to "0" and then raising and then lowering the clock.
         */
        eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_DI;

        if(data & mask)
            eecd |= E1000_EECD_DI;

        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);

        udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);

        e1000_raise_ee_clk(hw, &eecd);
        e1000_lower_ee_clk(hw, &eecd);

        mask = mask >> 1;

    } while(mask);

    /* We leave the "DI" bit set to "0" when we leave this routine. */
    eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_DI;
    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Shift data bits in from the EEPROM
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *****************************************************************************/
static uint16_t
e1000_shift_in_ee_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                       uint16_t count)
{
    uint32_t eecd;
    uint32_t i;
    uint16_t data;

    /* In order to read a register from the EEPROM, we need to shift 'count'
     * bits in from the EEPROM. Bits are "shifted in" by raising the clock
     * input to the EEPROM (setting the SK bit), and then reading the value of
     * the "DO" bit.  During this "shifting in" process the "DI" bit should
     * always be clear.
     */

    eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);

    eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_DO | E1000_EECD_DI);
    data = 0;

    for(i = 0; i < count; i++) {
        data = data << 1;
        e1000_raise_ee_clk(hw, &eecd);

        eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);

        eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_DI);
        if(eecd & E1000_EECD_DO)
            data |= 1;

        e1000_lower_ee_clk(hw, &eecd);
    }

    return data;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Prepares EEPROM for access
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *
 * Lowers EEPROM clock. Clears input pin. Sets the chip select pin. This
 * function should be called before issuing a command to the EEPROM.
 *****************************************************************************/
static int32_t
e1000_acquire_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
    uint32_t eecd, i=0;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_acquire_eeprom");

    if (e1000_swfw_sync_acquire(hw, E1000_SWFW_EEP_SM))
        return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;
    eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);

    if (hw->mac_type != e1000_82573) {
        /* Request EEPROM Access */
        if(hw->mac_type > e1000_82544) {
            eecd |= E1000_EECD_REQ;
            E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
            eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
            while((!(eecd & E1000_EECD_GNT)) &&
                  (i < E1000_EEPROM_GRANT_ATTEMPTS)) {
                i++;
                udelay(5);
                eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
            }
            if(!(eecd & E1000_EECD_GNT)) {
                eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_REQ;
                E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
                DEBUGOUT("Could not acquire EEPROM grant\n");
                e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, E1000_SWFW_EEP_SM);
                return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
            }
        }
    }

    /* Setup EEPROM for Read/Write */

    if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_microwire) {
        /* Clear SK and DI */
        eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_DI | E1000_EECD_SK);
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);

        /* Set CS */
        eecd |= E1000_EECD_CS;
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
    } else if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_spi) {
        /* Clear SK and CS */
        eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_CS | E1000_EECD_SK);
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
        udelay(1);
    }

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Returns EEPROM to a "standby" state
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *****************************************************************************/
static void
e1000_standby_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
    uint32_t eecd;

    eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);

    if(eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_microwire) {
        eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_CS | E1000_EECD_SK);
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
        udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);

        /* Clock high */
        eecd |= E1000_EECD_SK;
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
        udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);

        /* Select EEPROM */
        eecd |= E1000_EECD_CS;
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
        udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);

        /* Clock low */
        eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_SK;
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
        udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);
    } else if(eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_spi) {
        /* Toggle CS to flush commands */
        eecd |= E1000_EECD_CS;
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
        udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);
        eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_CS;
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
        udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);
    }
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Terminates a command by inverting the EEPROM's chip select pin
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *****************************************************************************/
static void
e1000_release_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t eecd;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_release_eeprom");

    eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);

    if (hw->eeprom.type == e1000_eeprom_spi) {
        eecd |= E1000_EECD_CS;  /* Pull CS high */
        eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_SK; /* Lower SCK */

        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);

        udelay(hw->eeprom.delay_usec);
    } else if(hw->eeprom.type == e1000_eeprom_microwire) {
        /* cleanup eeprom */

        /* CS on Microwire is active-high */
        eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_CS | E1000_EECD_DI);

        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);

        /* Rising edge of clock */
        eecd |= E1000_EECD_SK;
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
        udelay(hw->eeprom.delay_usec);

        /* Falling edge of clock */
        eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_SK;
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
        udelay(hw->eeprom.delay_usec);
    }

    /* Stop requesting EEPROM access */
    if(hw->mac_type > e1000_82544) {
        eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_REQ;
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
    }

    e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, E1000_SWFW_EEP_SM);
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Reads a 16 bit word from the EEPROM.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_spi_eeprom_ready(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint16_t retry_count = 0;
    uint8_t spi_stat_reg;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_spi_eeprom_ready");

    /* Read "Status Register" repeatedly until the LSB is cleared.  The
     * EEPROM will signal that the command has been completed by clearing
     * bit 0 of the internal status register.  If it's not cleared within
     * 5 milliseconds, then error out.
     */
    retry_count = 0;
    do {
        e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_RDSR_OPCODE_SPI,
                                hw->eeprom.opcode_bits);
        spi_stat_reg = (uint8_t)e1000_shift_in_ee_bits(hw, 8);
        if (!(spi_stat_reg & EEPROM_STATUS_RDY_SPI))
            break;

        udelay(5);
        retry_count += 5;

        e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
    } while(retry_count < EEPROM_MAX_RETRY_SPI);

    /* ATMEL SPI write time could vary from 0-20mSec on 3.3V devices (and
     * only 0-5mSec on 5V devices)
     */
    if(retry_count >= EEPROM_MAX_RETRY_SPI) {
        DEBUGOUT("SPI EEPROM Status error\n");
        return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
    }

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Reads a 16 bit word from the EEPROM.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * offset - offset of  word in the EEPROM to read
 * data - word read from the EEPROM
 * words - number of words to read
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_read_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                  uint16_t offset,
                  uint16_t words,
                  uint16_t *data)
{
    struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
    uint32_t i = 0;
    int32_t ret_val;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_read_eeprom");

    /* A check for invalid values:  offset too large, too many words, and not
     * enough words.
     */
    if((offset >= eeprom->word_size) || (words > eeprom->word_size - offset) ||
       (words == 0)) {
        DEBUGOUT("\"words\" parameter out of bounds\n");
        return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
    }

    /* FLASH reads without acquiring the semaphore are safe */
    if (e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(hw) == TRUE &&
    hw->eeprom.use_eerd == FALSE) {
        switch (hw->mac_type) {
        case e1000_80003es2lan:
            break;
        default:
            /* Prepare the EEPROM for reading  */
            if (e1000_acquire_eeprom(hw) != E1000_SUCCESS)
                return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
            break;
        }
    }

    if (eeprom->use_eerd == TRUE) {
        ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom_eerd(hw, offset, words, data);
        if ((e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(hw) == TRUE) ||
            (hw->mac_type != e1000_82573))
            e1000_release_eeprom(hw);
        return ret_val;
    }

    if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_ich8)
        return e1000_read_eeprom_ich8(hw, offset, words, data);

    if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_spi) {
        uint16_t word_in;
        uint8_t read_opcode = EEPROM_READ_OPCODE_SPI;

        if(e1000_spi_eeprom_ready(hw)) {
            e1000_release_eeprom(hw);
            return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
        }

        e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);

        /* Some SPI eeproms use the 8th address bit embedded in the opcode */
        if((eeprom->address_bits == 8) && (offset >= 128))
            read_opcode |= EEPROM_A8_OPCODE_SPI;

        /* Send the READ command (opcode + addr)  */
        e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, read_opcode, eeprom->opcode_bits);
        e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, (uint16_t)(offset*2), eeprom->address_bits);

        /* Read the data.  The address of the eeprom internally increments with
         * each byte (spi) being read, saving on the overhead of eeprom setup
         * and tear-down.  The address counter will roll over if reading beyond
         * the size of the eeprom, thus allowing the entire memory to be read
         * starting from any offset. */
        for (i = 0; i < words; i++) {
            word_in = e1000_shift_in_ee_bits(hw, 16);
            data[i] = (word_in >> 8) | (word_in << 8);
        }
    } else if(eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_microwire) {
        for (i = 0; i < words; i++) {
            /* Send the READ command (opcode + addr)  */
            e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_READ_OPCODE_MICROWIRE,
                                    eeprom->opcode_bits);
            e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, (uint16_t)(offset + i),
                                    eeprom->address_bits);

            /* Read the data.  For microwire, each word requires the overhead
             * of eeprom setup and tear-down. */
            data[i] = e1000_shift_in_ee_bits(hw, 16);
            e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
        }
    }

    /* End this read operation */
    e1000_release_eeprom(hw);

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Reads a 16 bit word from the EEPROM using the EERD register.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * offset - offset of  word in the EEPROM to read
 * data - word read from the EEPROM
 * words - number of words to read
 *****************************************************************************/
static int32_t
e1000_read_eeprom_eerd(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                  uint16_t offset,
                  uint16_t words,
                  uint16_t *data)
{
    uint32_t i, eerd = 0;
    int32_t error = 0;

    for (i = 0; i < words; i++) {
        eerd = ((offset+i) << E1000_EEPROM_RW_ADDR_SHIFT) +
                         E1000_EEPROM_RW_REG_START;

        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EERD, eerd);
        error = e1000_poll_eerd_eewr_done(hw, E1000_EEPROM_POLL_READ);

        if(error) {
            break;
        }
        data[i] = (E1000_READ_REG(hw, EERD) >> E1000_EEPROM_RW_REG_DATA);

    }

    return error;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Writes a 16 bit word from the EEPROM using the EEWR register.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * offset - offset of  word in the EEPROM to read
 * data - word read from the EEPROM
 * words - number of words to read
 *****************************************************************************/
static int32_t
e1000_write_eeprom_eewr(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                   uint16_t offset,
                   uint16_t words,
                   uint16_t *data)
{
    uint32_t    register_value = 0;
    uint32_t    i              = 0;
    int32_t     error          = 0;

    if (e1000_swfw_sync_acquire(hw, E1000_SWFW_EEP_SM))
        return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;

    for (i = 0; i < words; i++) {
        register_value = (data[i] << E1000_EEPROM_RW_REG_DATA) |
                         ((offset+i) << E1000_EEPROM_RW_ADDR_SHIFT) |
                         E1000_EEPROM_RW_REG_START;

        error = e1000_poll_eerd_eewr_done(hw, E1000_EEPROM_POLL_WRITE);
        if(error) {
            break;
        }

        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EEWR, register_value);

        error = e1000_poll_eerd_eewr_done(hw, E1000_EEPROM_POLL_WRITE);

        if(error) {
            break;
        }
    }

    e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, E1000_SWFW_EEP_SM);
    return error;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Polls the status bit (bit 1) of the EERD to determine when the read is done.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *****************************************************************************/
static int32_t
e1000_poll_eerd_eewr_done(struct e1000_hw *hw, int eerd)
{
    uint32_t attempts = 100000;
    uint32_t i, reg = 0;
    int32_t done = E1000_ERR_EEPROM;

    for(i = 0; i < attempts; i++) {
        if(eerd == E1000_EEPROM_POLL_READ)
            reg = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EERD);
        else
            reg = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EEWR);

        if(reg & E1000_EEPROM_RW_REG_DONE) {
            done = E1000_SUCCESS;
            break;
        }
        udelay(5);
    }

    return done;
}

/***************************************************************************
* Description:     Determines if the onboard NVM is FLASH or EEPROM.
*
* hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
****************************************************************************/
static boolean_t
e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t eecd = 0;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom");

    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
        return FALSE;

    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) {
        eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);

        /* Isolate bits 15 & 16 */
        eecd = ((eecd >> 15) & 0x03);

        /* If both bits are set, device is Flash type */
        if(eecd == 0x03) {
            return FALSE;
        }
    }
    return TRUE;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Verifies that the EEPROM has a valid checksum
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *
 * Reads the first 64 16 bit words of the EEPROM and sums the values read.
 * If the the sum of the 64 16 bit words is 0xBABA, the EEPROM's checksum is
 * valid.
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_validate_eeprom_checksum(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint16_t checksum = 0;
    uint16_t i, eeprom_data;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_validate_eeprom_checksum");

    if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) &&
        (e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(hw) == FALSE)) {
        /* Check bit 4 of word 10h.  If it is 0, firmware is done updating
         * 10h-12h.  Checksum may need to be fixed. */
        e1000_read_eeprom(hw, 0x10, 1, &eeprom_data);
        if ((eeprom_data & 0x10) == 0) {
            /* Read 0x23 and check bit 15.  This bit is a 1 when the checksum
             * has already been fixed.  If the checksum is still wrong and this
             * bit is a 1, we need to return bad checksum.  Otherwise, we need
             * to set this bit to a 1 and update the checksum. */
            e1000_read_eeprom(hw, 0x23, 1, &eeprom_data);
            if ((eeprom_data & 0x8000) == 0) {
                eeprom_data |= 0x8000;
                e1000_write_eeprom(hw, 0x23, 1, &eeprom_data);
                e1000_update_eeprom_checksum(hw);
            }
        }
    }

    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
        /* Drivers must allocate the shadow ram structure for the
         * EEPROM checksum to be updated.  Otherwise, this bit as well
         * as the checksum must both be set correctly for this
         * validation to pass.
         */
        e1000_read_eeprom(hw, 0x19, 1, &eeprom_data);
        if ((eeprom_data & 0x40) == 0) {
            eeprom_data |= 0x40;
            e1000_write_eeprom(hw, 0x19, 1, &eeprom_data);
            e1000_update_eeprom_checksum(hw);
        }
    }

    for (i = 0; i < (EEPROM_CHECKSUM_REG + 1); i++) {
        if (e1000_read_eeprom(hw, i, 1, &eeprom_data) < 0) {
            DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
            return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
        }
        checksum += eeprom_data;
    }

    if(checksum == (uint16_t) EEPROM_SUM)
        return E1000_SUCCESS;
    else {
        DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Checksum Invalid\n");
        return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
    }
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Calculates the EEPROM checksum and writes it to the EEPROM
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *
 * Sums the first 63 16 bit words of the EEPROM. Subtracts the sum from 0xBABA.
 * Writes the difference to word offset 63 of the EEPROM.
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_update_eeprom_checksum(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t ctrl_ext;
    uint16_t checksum = 0;
    uint16_t i, eeprom_data;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_update_eeprom_checksum");

    for(i = 0; i < EEPROM_CHECKSUM_REG; i++) {
        if(e1000_read_eeprom(hw, i, 1, &eeprom_data) < 0) {
            DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
            return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
        }
        checksum += eeprom_data;
    }
    checksum = (uint16_t) EEPROM_SUM - checksum;
    if(e1000_write_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_CHECKSUM_REG, 1, &checksum) < 0) {
        DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Write Error\n");
        return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
    } else if (hw->eeprom.type == e1000_eeprom_flash) {
        e1000_commit_shadow_ram(hw);
    } else if (hw->eeprom.type == e1000_eeprom_ich8) {
        e1000_commit_shadow_ram(hw);
        /* Reload the EEPROM, or else modifications will not appear
         * until after next adapter reset. */
        ctrl_ext = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT);
        ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_EE_RST;
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
        msec_delay(10);
    }
    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Parent function for writing words to the different EEPROM types.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * offset - offset within the EEPROM to be written to
 * words - number of words to write
 * data - 16 bit word to be written to the EEPROM
 *
 * If e1000_update_eeprom_checksum is not called after this function, the
 * EEPROM will most likely contain an invalid checksum.
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_write_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                   uint16_t offset,
                   uint16_t words,
                   uint16_t *data)
{
    struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
    int32_t status = 0;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_write_eeprom");

    /* A check for invalid values:  offset too large, too many words, and not
     * enough words.
     */
    if((offset >= eeprom->word_size) || (words > eeprom->word_size - offset) ||
       (words == 0)) {
        DEBUGOUT("\"words\" parameter out of bounds\n");
        return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
    }

    /* 82573 writes only through eewr */
    if(eeprom->use_eewr == TRUE)
        return e1000_write_eeprom_eewr(hw, offset, words, data);

    if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_ich8)
        return e1000_write_eeprom_ich8(hw, offset, words, data);

    /* Prepare the EEPROM for writing  */
    if (e1000_acquire_eeprom(hw) != E1000_SUCCESS)
        return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;

    if(eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_microwire) {
        status = e1000_write_eeprom_microwire(hw, offset, words, data);
    } else {
        status = e1000_write_eeprom_spi(hw, offset, words, data);
        msec_delay(10);
    }

    /* Done with writing */
    e1000_release_eeprom(hw);

    return status;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Writes a 16 bit word to a given offset in an SPI EEPROM.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * offset - offset within the EEPROM to be written to
 * words - number of words to write
 * data - pointer to array of 8 bit words to be written to the EEPROM
 *
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_write_eeprom_spi(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                       uint16_t offset,
                       uint16_t words,
                       uint16_t *data)
{
    struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
    uint16_t widx = 0;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_write_eeprom_spi");

    while (widx < words) {
        uint8_t write_opcode = EEPROM_WRITE_OPCODE_SPI;

        if(e1000_spi_eeprom_ready(hw)) return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;

        e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);

        /*  Send the WRITE ENABLE command (8 bit opcode )  */
        e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_WREN_OPCODE_SPI,
                                    eeprom->opcode_bits);

        e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);

        /* Some SPI eeproms use the 8th address bit embedded in the opcode */
        if((eeprom->address_bits == 8) && (offset >= 128))
            write_opcode |= EEPROM_A8_OPCODE_SPI;

        /* Send the Write command (8-bit opcode + addr) */
        e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, write_opcode, eeprom->opcode_bits);

        e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, (uint16_t)((offset + widx)*2),
                                eeprom->address_bits);

        /* Send the data */

        /* Loop to allow for up to whole page write (32 bytes) of eeprom */
        while (widx < words) {
            uint16_t word_out = data[widx];
            word_out = (word_out >> 8) | (word_out << 8);
            e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, word_out, 16);
            widx++;

            /* Some larger eeprom sizes are capable of a 32-byte PAGE WRITE
             * operation, while the smaller eeproms are capable of an 8-byte
             * PAGE WRITE operation.  Break the inner loop to pass new address
             */
            if((((offset + widx)*2) % eeprom->page_size) == 0) {
                e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
                break;
            }
        }
    }

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Writes a 16 bit word to a given offset in a Microwire EEPROM.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * offset - offset within the EEPROM to be written to
 * words - number of words to write
 * data - pointer to array of 16 bit words to be written to the EEPROM
 *
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_write_eeprom_microwire(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                             uint16_t offset,
                             uint16_t words,
                             uint16_t *data)
{
    struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
    uint32_t eecd;
    uint16_t words_written = 0;
    uint16_t i = 0;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_write_eeprom_microwire");

    /* Send the write enable command to the EEPROM (3-bit opcode plus
     * 6/8-bit dummy address beginning with 11).  It's less work to include
     * the 11 of the dummy address as part of the opcode than it is to shift
     * it over the correct number of bits for the address.  This puts the
     * EEPROM into write/erase mode.
     */
    e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_EWEN_OPCODE_MICROWIRE,
                            (uint16_t)(eeprom->opcode_bits + 2));

    e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, 0, (uint16_t)(eeprom->address_bits - 2));

    /* Prepare the EEPROM */
    e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);

    while (words_written < words) {
        /* Send the Write command (3-bit opcode + addr) */
        e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_WRITE_OPCODE_MICROWIRE,
                                eeprom->opcode_bits);

        e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, (uint16_t)(offset + words_written),
                                eeprom->address_bits);

        /* Send the data */
        e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, data[words_written], 16);

        /* Toggle the CS line.  This in effect tells the EEPROM to execute
         * the previous command.
         */
        e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);

        /* Read DO repeatedly until it is high (equal to '1').  The EEPROM will
         * signal that the command has been completed by raising the DO signal.
         * If DO does not go high in 10 milliseconds, then error out.
         */
        for(i = 0; i < 200; i++) {
            eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
            if(eecd & E1000_EECD_DO) break;
            udelay(50);
        }
        if(i == 200) {
            DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Write did not complete\n");
            return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
        }

        /* Recover from write */
        e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);

        words_written++;
    }

    /* Send the write disable command to the EEPROM (3-bit opcode plus
     * 6/8-bit dummy address beginning with 10).  It's less work to include
     * the 10 of the dummy address as part of the opcode than it is to shift
     * it over the correct number of bits for the address.  This takes the
     * EEPROM out of write/erase mode.
     */
    e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_EWDS_OPCODE_MICROWIRE,
                            (uint16_t)(eeprom->opcode_bits + 2));

    e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, 0, (uint16_t)(eeprom->address_bits - 2));

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Flushes the cached eeprom to NVM. This is done by saving the modified values
 * in the eeprom cache and the non modified values in the currently active bank
 * to the new bank.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * offset - offset of  word in the EEPROM to read
 * data - word read from the EEPROM
 * words - number of words to read
 *****************************************************************************/
static int32_t
e1000_commit_shadow_ram(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t attempts = 100000;
    uint32_t eecd = 0;
    uint32_t flop = 0;
    uint32_t i = 0;
    int32_t error = E1000_SUCCESS;
    uint32_t old_bank_offset = 0;
    uint32_t new_bank_offset = 0;
    uint32_t sector_retries = 0;
    uint8_t low_byte = 0;
    uint8_t high_byte = 0;
    uint8_t temp_byte = 0;
    boolean_t sector_write_failed = FALSE;

    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) {
        /* The flop register will be used to determine if flash type is STM */
        flop = E1000_READ_REG(hw, FLOP);
        for (i=0; i < attempts; i++) {
            eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
            if ((eecd & E1000_EECD_FLUPD) == 0) {
                break;
            }
            udelay(5);
        }

        if (i == attempts) {
            return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
        }

        /* If STM opcode located in bits 15:8 of flop, reset firmware */
        if ((flop & 0xFF00) == E1000_STM_OPCODE) {
            E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, HICR, E1000_HICR_FW_RESET);
        }

        /* Perform the flash update */
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd | E1000_EECD_FLUPD);

        for (i=0; i < attempts; i++) {
            eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
            if ((eecd & E1000_EECD_FLUPD) == 0) {
                break;
            }
            udelay(5);
        }

        if (i == attempts) {
            return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
        }
    }

    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan && hw->eeprom_shadow_ram != NULL) {
        /* We're writing to the opposite bank so if we're on bank 1,
         * write to bank 0 etc.  We also need to erase the segment that
         * is going to be written */
        if (!(E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD) & E1000_EECD_SEC1VAL)) {
            new_bank_offset = hw->flash_bank_size * 2;
            old_bank_offset = 0;
            e1000_erase_ich8_4k_segment(hw, 1);
        } else {
            old_bank_offset = hw->flash_bank_size * 2;
            new_bank_offset = 0;
            e1000_erase_ich8_4k_segment(hw, 0);
        }

        do {
            sector_write_failed = FALSE;
            /* Loop for every byte in the shadow RAM,
             * which is in units of words. */
            for (i = 0; i < E1000_SHADOW_RAM_WORDS; i++) {
                /* Determine whether to write the value stored
                 * in the other NVM bank or a modified value stored
                 * in the shadow RAM */
                if (hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[i].modified == TRUE) {
                    low_byte = (uint8_t)hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[i].eeprom_word;
                    e1000_read_ich8_byte(hw, (i << 1) + old_bank_offset,
                                         &temp_byte);
                    udelay(100);
                    error = e1000_verify_write_ich8_byte(hw,
                                                 (i << 1) + new_bank_offset,
                                                 low_byte);
                    if (error != E1000_SUCCESS)
                        sector_write_failed = TRUE;
                    high_byte =
                        (uint8_t)(hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[i].eeprom_word >> 8);
                    e1000_read_ich8_byte(hw, (i << 1) + old_bank_offset + 1,
                                         &temp_byte);
                    udelay(100);
                } else {
                    e1000_read_ich8_byte(hw, (i << 1) + old_bank_offset,
                                         &low_byte);
                    udelay(100);
                    error = e1000_verify_write_ich8_byte(hw,
                                 (i << 1) + new_bank_offset, low_byte);
                    if (error != E1000_SUCCESS)
                        sector_write_failed = TRUE;
                    e1000_read_ich8_byte(hw, (i << 1) + old_bank_offset + 1,
                                         &high_byte);
                }

                /* If the word is 0x13, then make sure the signature bits
                 * (15:14) are 11b until the commit has completed.
                 * This will allow us to write 10b which indicates the
                 * signature is valid.  We want to do this after the write
                 * has completed so that we don't mark the segment valid
                 * while the write is still in progress */
                if (i == E1000_ICH8_NVM_SIG_WORD)
                    high_byte = E1000_ICH8_NVM_SIG_MASK | high_byte;

                error = e1000_verify_write_ich8_byte(hw,
                             (i << 1) + new_bank_offset + 1, high_byte);
                if (error != E1000_SUCCESS)
                    sector_write_failed = TRUE;

                if (sector_write_failed == FALSE) {
                    /* Clear the now not used entry in the cache */
                    hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[i].modified = FALSE;
                    hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[i].eeprom_word = 0xFFFF;
                }
            }

            /* Don't bother writing the segment valid bits if sector
             * programming failed. */
            if (sector_write_failed == FALSE) {
                /* Finally validate the new segment by setting bit 15:14
                 * to 10b in word 0x13 , this can be done without an
                 * erase as well since these bits are 11 to start with
                 * and we need to change bit 14 to 0b */
                e1000_read_ich8_byte(hw,
                    E1000_ICH8_NVM_SIG_WORD * 2 + 1 + new_bank_offset,
                    &high_byte);
                high_byte &= 0xBF;
                error = e1000_verify_write_ich8_byte(hw,
                            E1000_ICH8_NVM_SIG_WORD * 2 + 1 + new_bank_offset,
                            high_byte);
                if (error != E1000_SUCCESS)
                    sector_write_failed = TRUE;

                /* And invalidate the previously valid segment by setting
                 * its signature word (0x13) high_byte to 0b. This can be
                 * done without an erase because flash erase sets all bits
                 * to 1's. We can write 1's to 0's without an erase */
                error = e1000_verify_write_ich8_byte(hw,
                            E1000_ICH8_NVM_SIG_WORD * 2 + 1 + old_bank_offset,
                            0);
                if (error != E1000_SUCCESS)
                    sector_write_failed = TRUE;
            }
        } while (++sector_retries < 10 && sector_write_failed == TRUE);
    }

    return error;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Reads the adapter's part number from the EEPROM
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * part_num - Adapter's part number
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_read_part_num(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                    uint32_t *part_num)
{
    uint16_t offset = EEPROM_PBA_BYTE_1;
    uint16_t eeprom_data;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_read_part_num");

    /* Get word 0 from EEPROM */
    if(e1000_read_eeprom(hw, offset, 1, &eeprom_data) < 0) {
        DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
        return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
    }
    /* Save word 0 in upper half of part_num */
    *part_num = (uint32_t) (eeprom_data << 16);

    /* Get word 1 from EEPROM */
    if(e1000_read_eeprom(hw, ++offset, 1, &eeprom_data) < 0) {
        DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
        return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
    }
    /* Save word 1 in lower half of part_num */
    *part_num |= eeprom_data;

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Reads the adapter's MAC address from the EEPROM and inverts the LSB for the
 * second function of dual function devices
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_read_mac_addr(struct e1000_hw * hw)
{
    uint16_t offset;
    uint16_t eeprom_data, i;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_read_mac_addr");

    for(i = 0; i < NODE_ADDRESS_SIZE; i += 2) {
        offset = i >> 1;
        if(e1000_read_eeprom(hw, offset, 1, &eeprom_data) < 0) {
            DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
            return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
        }
        hw->perm_mac_addr[i] = (uint8_t) (eeprom_data & 0x00FF);
        hw->perm_mac_addr[i+1] = (uint8_t) (eeprom_data >> 8);
    }

    switch (hw->mac_type) {
    default:
        break;
    case e1000_82546:
    case e1000_82546_rev_3:
    case e1000_82571:
    case e1000_80003es2lan:
        if(E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_FUNC_1)
            hw->perm_mac_addr[5] ^= 0x01;
        break;
    }

    for(i = 0; i < NODE_ADDRESS_SIZE; i++)
        hw->mac_addr[i] = hw->perm_mac_addr[i];
    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Initializes receive address filters.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *
 * Places the MAC address in receive address register 0 and clears the rest
 * of the receive addresss registers. Clears the multicast table. Assumes
 * the receiver is in reset when the routine is called.
 *****************************************************************************/
static void
e1000_init_rx_addrs(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t i;
    uint32_t rar_num;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_init_rx_addrs");

    /* Setup the receive address. */
    DEBUGOUT("Programming MAC Address into RAR[0]\n");

    e1000_rar_set(hw, hw->mac_addr, 0);

    rar_num = E1000_RAR_ENTRIES;

    /* Reserve a spot for the Locally Administered Address to work around
     * an 82571 issue in which a reset on one port will reload the MAC on
     * the other port. */
    if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82571) && (hw->laa_is_present == TRUE))
        rar_num -= 1;
    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
        rar_num = E1000_RAR_ENTRIES_ICH8LAN;

    /* Zero out the other 15 receive addresses. */
    DEBUGOUT("Clearing RAR[1-15]\n");
    for(i = 1; i < rar_num; i++) {
        E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, RA, (i << 1), 0);
        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
        E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, RA, ((i << 1) + 1), 0);
        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
    }
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Updates the MAC's list of multicast addresses.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * mc_addr_list - the list of new multicast addresses
 * mc_addr_count - number of addresses
 * pad - number of bytes between addresses in the list
 * rar_used_count - offset where to start adding mc addresses into the RAR's
 *
 * The given list replaces any existing list. Clears the last 15 receive
 * address registers and the multicast table. Uses receive address registers
 * for the first 15 multicast addresses, and hashes the rest into the
 * multicast table.
 *****************************************************************************/
void
e1000_mc_addr_list_update(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                          uint8_t *mc_addr_list,
                          uint32_t mc_addr_count,
                          uint32_t pad,
                          uint32_t rar_used_count)
{
    uint32_t hash_value;
    uint32_t i;
    uint32_t num_rar_entry;
    uint32_t num_mta_entry;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_mc_addr_list_update");

    /* Set the new number of MC addresses that we are being requested to use. */
    hw->num_mc_addrs = mc_addr_count;

    /* Clear RAR[1-15] */
    DEBUGOUT(" Clearing RAR[1-15]\n");
    num_rar_entry = E1000_RAR_ENTRIES;
    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
        num_rar_entry = E1000_RAR_ENTRIES_ICH8LAN;
    /* Reserve a spot for the Locally Administered Address to work around
     * an 82571 issue in which a reset on one port will reload the MAC on
     * the other port. */
    if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82571) && (hw->laa_is_present == TRUE))
        num_rar_entry -= 1;

    for(i = rar_used_count; i < num_rar_entry; i++) {
        E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, RA, (i << 1), 0);
        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
        E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, RA, ((i << 1) + 1), 0);
        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
    }

    /* Clear the MTA */
    DEBUGOUT(" Clearing MTA\n");
    num_mta_entry = E1000_NUM_MTA_REGISTERS;
    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
        num_mta_entry = E1000_NUM_MTA_REGISTERS_ICH8LAN;
    for(i = 0; i < num_mta_entry; i++) {
        E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, i, 0);
        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
    }

    /* Add the new addresses */
    for(i = 0; i < mc_addr_count; i++) {
        DEBUGOUT(" Adding the multicast addresses:\n");
        DEBUGOUT7(" MC Addr #%d =%.2X %.2X %.2X %.2X %.2X %.2X\n", i,
                  mc_addr_list[i * (ETH_LENGTH_OF_ADDRESS + pad)],
                  mc_addr_list[i * (ETH_LENGTH_OF_ADDRESS + pad) + 1],
                  mc_addr_list[i * (ETH_LENGTH_OF_ADDRESS + pad) + 2],
                  mc_addr_list[i * (ETH_LENGTH_OF_ADDRESS + pad) + 3],
                  mc_addr_list[i * (ETH_LENGTH_OF_ADDRESS + pad) + 4],
                  mc_addr_list[i * (ETH_LENGTH_OF_ADDRESS + pad) + 5]);

        hash_value = e1000_hash_mc_addr(hw,
                                        mc_addr_list +
                                        (i * (ETH_LENGTH_OF_ADDRESS + pad)));

        DEBUGOUT1(" Hash value = 0x%03X\n", hash_value);

        /* Place this multicast address in the RAR if there is room, *
         * else put it in the MTA
         */
        if (rar_used_count < num_rar_entry) {
            e1000_rar_set(hw,
                          mc_addr_list + (i * (ETH_LENGTH_OF_ADDRESS + pad)),
                          rar_used_count);
            rar_used_count++;
        } else {
            e1000_mta_set(hw, hash_value);
        }
    }
    DEBUGOUT("MC Update Complete\n");
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Hashes an address to determine its location in the multicast table
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * mc_addr - the multicast address to hash
 *****************************************************************************/
uint32_t
e1000_hash_mc_addr(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                   uint8_t *mc_addr)
{
    uint32_t hash_value = 0;

    /* The portion of the address that is used for the hash table is
     * determined by the mc_filter_type setting.
     */
    switch (hw->mc_filter_type) {
    /* [0] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5]
     * 01  AA  00  12  34  56
     * LSB                 MSB
     */
    case 0:
        if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
            /* [47:38] i.e. 0x158 for above example address */
            hash_value = ((mc_addr[4] >> 6) | (((uint16_t) mc_addr[5]) << 2));
        } else {
            /* [47:36] i.e. 0x563 for above example address */
            hash_value = ((mc_addr[4] >> 4) | (((uint16_t) mc_addr[5]) << 4));
        }
        break;
    case 1:
        if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
            /* [46:37] i.e. 0x2B1 for above example address */
            hash_value = ((mc_addr[4] >> 5) | (((uint16_t) mc_addr[5]) << 3));
        } else {
            /* [46:35] i.e. 0xAC6 for above example address */
            hash_value = ((mc_addr[4] >> 3) | (((uint16_t) mc_addr[5]) << 5));
        }
        break;
    case 2:
        if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
            /*[45:36] i.e. 0x163 for above example address */
            hash_value = ((mc_addr[4] >> 4) | (((uint16_t) mc_addr[5]) << 4));
        } else {
            /* [45:34] i.e. 0x5D8 for above example address */
            hash_value = ((mc_addr[4] >> 2) | (((uint16_t) mc_addr[5]) << 6));
        }
        break;
    case 3:
        if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
            /* [43:34] i.e. 0x18D for above example address */
            hash_value = ((mc_addr[4] >> 2) | (((uint16_t) mc_addr[5]) << 6));
        } else {
            /* [43:32] i.e. 0x634 for above example address */
            hash_value = ((mc_addr[4]) | (((uint16_t) mc_addr[5]) << 8));
        }
        break;
    }

    hash_value &= 0xFFF;
    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
        hash_value &= 0x3FF;

    return hash_value;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Sets the bit in the multicast table corresponding to the hash value.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * hash_value - Multicast address hash value
 *****************************************************************************/
void
e1000_mta_set(struct e1000_hw *hw,
              uint32_t hash_value)
{
    uint32_t hash_bit, hash_reg;
    uint32_t mta;
    uint32_t temp;

    /* The MTA is a register array of 128 32-bit registers.
     * It is treated like an array of 4096 bits.  We want to set
     * bit BitArray[hash_value]. So we figure out what register
     * the bit is in, read it, OR in the new bit, then write
     * back the new value.  The register is determined by the
     * upper 7 bits of the hash value and the bit within that
     * register are determined by the lower 5 bits of the value.
     */
    hash_reg = (hash_value >> 5) & 0x7F;
    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
        hash_reg &= 0x1F;
    hash_bit = hash_value & 0x1F;

    mta = E1000_READ_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, hash_reg);

    mta |= (1 << hash_bit);

    /* If we are on an 82544 and we are trying to write an odd offset
     * in the MTA, save off the previous entry before writing and
     * restore the old value after writing.
     */
    if((hw->mac_type == e1000_82544) && ((hash_reg & 0x1) == 1)) {
        temp = E1000_READ_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, (hash_reg - 1));
        E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, hash_reg, mta);
        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
        E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, (hash_reg - 1), temp);
        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
    } else {
        E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, hash_reg, mta);
        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
    }
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Puts an ethernet address into a receive address register.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * addr - Address to put into receive address register
 * index - Receive address register to write
 *****************************************************************************/
void
e1000_rar_set(struct e1000_hw *hw,
              uint8_t *addr,
              uint32_t index)
{
    uint32_t rar_low, rar_high;

    /* HW expects these in little endian so we reverse the byte order
     * from network order (big endian) to little endian
     */
    rar_low = ((uint32_t) addr[0] |
               ((uint32_t) addr[1] << 8) |
               ((uint32_t) addr[2] << 16) | ((uint32_t) addr[3] << 24));
    rar_high = ((uint32_t) addr[4] | ((uint32_t) addr[5] << 8));

    /* Disable Rx and flush all Rx frames before enabling RSS to avoid Rx
     * unit hang.
     *
     * Description:
     * If there are any Rx frames queued up or otherwise present in the HW
     * before RSS is enabled, and then we enable RSS, the HW Rx unit will
     * hang.  To work around this issue, we have to disable receives and
     * flush out all Rx frames before we enable RSS. To do so, we modify we
     * redirect all Rx traffic to manageability and then reset the HW.
     * This flushes away Rx frames, and (since the redirections to
     * manageability persists across resets) keeps new ones from coming in
     * while we work.  Then, we clear the Address Valid AV bit for all MAC
     * addresses and undo the re-direction to manageability.
     * Now, frames are coming in again, but the MAC won't accept them, so
     * far so good.  We now proceed to initialize RSS (if necessary) and
     * configure the Rx unit.  Last, we re-enable the AV bits and continue
     * on our merry way.
     */
    switch (hw->mac_type) {
    case e1000_82571:
    case e1000_82572:
    case e1000_80003es2lan:
        if (hw->leave_av_bit_off == TRUE)
            break;
    default:
        /* Indicate to hardware the Address is Valid. */
        rar_high |= E1000_RAH_AV;
        break;
    }

    E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, RA, (index << 1), rar_low);
    E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
    E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, RA, ((index << 1) + 1), rar_high);
    E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Writes a value to the specified offset in the VLAN filter table.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * offset - Offset in VLAN filer table to write
 * value - Value to write into VLAN filter table
 *****************************************************************************/
void
e1000_write_vfta(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                 uint32_t offset,
                 uint32_t value)
{
    uint32_t temp;

    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
        return;

    if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82544) && ((offset & 0x1) == 1)) {
        temp = E1000_READ_REG_ARRAY(hw, VFTA, (offset - 1));
        E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, VFTA, offset, value);
        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
        E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, VFTA, (offset - 1), temp);
        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
    } else {
        E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, VFTA, offset, value);
        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
    }
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Clears the VLAN filer table
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *****************************************************************************/
static void
e1000_clear_vfta(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t offset;
    uint32_t vfta_value = 0;
    uint32_t vfta_offset = 0;
    uint32_t vfta_bit_in_reg = 0;

    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
        return;

    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) {
        if (hw->mng_cookie.vlan_id != 0) {
            /* The VFTA is a 4096b bit-field, each identifying a single VLAN
             * ID.  The following operations determine which 32b entry
             * (i.e. offset) into the array we want to set the VLAN ID
             * (i.e. bit) of the manageability unit. */
            vfta_offset = (hw->mng_cookie.vlan_id >>
                           E1000_VFTA_ENTRY_SHIFT) &
                          E1000_VFTA_ENTRY_MASK;
            vfta_bit_in_reg = 1 << (hw->mng_cookie.vlan_id &
                                    E1000_VFTA_ENTRY_BIT_SHIFT_MASK);
        }
    }
    for (offset = 0; offset < E1000_VLAN_FILTER_TBL_SIZE; offset++) {
        /* If the offset we want to clear is the same offset of the
         * manageability VLAN ID, then clear all bits except that of the
         * manageability unit */
        vfta_value = (offset == vfta_offset) ? vfta_bit_in_reg : 0;
        E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, VFTA, offset, vfta_value);
        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
    }
}

static int32_t
e1000_id_led_init(struct e1000_hw * hw)
{
    uint32_t ledctl;
    const uint32_t ledctl_mask = 0x000000FF;
    const uint32_t ledctl_on = E1000_LEDCTL_MODE_LED_ON;
    const uint32_t ledctl_off = E1000_LEDCTL_MODE_LED_OFF;
    uint16_t eeprom_data, i, temp;
    const uint16_t led_mask = 0x0F;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_id_led_init");

    if(hw->mac_type < e1000_82540) {
        /* Nothing to do */
        return E1000_SUCCESS;
    }

    ledctl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, LEDCTL);
    hw->ledctl_default = ledctl;
    hw->ledctl_mode1 = hw->ledctl_default;
    hw->ledctl_mode2 = hw->ledctl_default;

    if(e1000_read_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_ID_LED_SETTINGS, 1, &eeprom_data) < 0) {
        DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
        return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
    }

    if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) &&
        (eeprom_data == ID_LED_RESERVED_82573))
        eeprom_data = ID_LED_DEFAULT_82573;
    else if ((eeprom_data == ID_LED_RESERVED_0000) ||
            (eeprom_data == ID_LED_RESERVED_FFFF)) {
        if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
            eeprom_data = ID_LED_DEFAULT_ICH8LAN;
        else
            eeprom_data = ID_LED_DEFAULT;
    }
    for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
        temp = (eeprom_data >> (i << 2)) & led_mask;
        switch(temp) {
        case ID_LED_ON1_DEF2:
        case ID_LED_ON1_ON2:
        case ID_LED_ON1_OFF2:
            hw->ledctl_mode1 &= ~(ledctl_mask << (i << 3));
            hw->ledctl_mode1 |= ledctl_on << (i << 3);
            break;
        case ID_LED_OFF1_DEF2:
        case ID_LED_OFF1_ON2:
        case ID_LED_OFF1_OFF2:
            hw->ledctl_mode1 &= ~(ledctl_mask << (i << 3));
            hw->ledctl_mode1 |= ledctl_off << (i << 3);
            break;
        default:
            /* Do nothing */
            break;
        }
        switch(temp) {
        case ID_LED_DEF1_ON2:
        case ID_LED_ON1_ON2:
        case ID_LED_OFF1_ON2:
            hw->ledctl_mode2 &= ~(ledctl_mask << (i << 3));
            hw->ledctl_mode2 |= ledctl_on << (i << 3);
            break;
        case ID_LED_DEF1_OFF2:
        case ID_LED_ON1_OFF2:
        case ID_LED_OFF1_OFF2:
            hw->ledctl_mode2 &= ~(ledctl_mask << (i << 3));
            hw->ledctl_mode2 |= ledctl_off << (i << 3);
            break;
        default:
            /* Do nothing */
            break;
        }
    }
    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Prepares SW controlable LED for use and saves the current state of the LED.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_setup_led(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t ledctl;
    int32_t ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_setup_led");

    switch(hw->mac_type) {
    case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
    case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
    case e1000_82543:
    case e1000_82544:
        /* No setup necessary */
        break;
    case e1000_82541:
    case e1000_82547:
    case e1000_82541_rev_2:
    case e1000_82547_rev_2:
        /* Turn off PHY Smart Power Down (if enabled) */
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO,
                                     &hw->phy_spd_default);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;
        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO,
                                      (uint16_t)(hw->phy_spd_default &
                                      ~IGP01E1000_GMII_SPD));
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;
        /* Fall Through */
    default:
        if(hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
            ledctl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, LEDCTL);
            /* Save current LEDCTL settings */
            hw->ledctl_default = ledctl;
            /* Turn off LED0 */
            ledctl &= ~(E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_IVRT |
                        E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_BLINK |
                        E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_MODE_MASK);
            ledctl |= (E1000_LEDCTL_MODE_LED_OFF <<
                       E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_MODE_SHIFT);
            E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, ledctl);
        } else if(hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper)
            E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, hw->ledctl_mode1);
        break;
    }

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Used on 82571 and later Si that has LED blink bits.
 * Callers must use their own timer and should have already called
 * e1000_id_led_init()
 * Call e1000_cleanup led() to stop blinking
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_blink_led_start(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    int16_t  i;
    uint32_t ledctl_blink = 0;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_id_led_blink_on");

    if (hw->mac_type < e1000_82571) {
        /* Nothing to do */
        return E1000_SUCCESS;
    }
    if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
        /* always blink LED0 for PCI-E fiber */
        ledctl_blink = E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_BLINK |
                     (E1000_LEDCTL_MODE_LED_ON << E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_MODE_SHIFT);
    } else {
        /* set the blink bit for each LED that's "on" (0x0E) in ledctl_mode2 */
        ledctl_blink = hw->ledctl_mode2;
        for (i=0; i < 4; i++)
            if (((hw->ledctl_mode2 >> (i * 8)) & 0xFF) ==
                E1000_LEDCTL_MODE_LED_ON)
                ledctl_blink |= (E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_BLINK << (i * 8));
    }

    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, ledctl_blink);

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Restores the saved state of the SW controlable LED.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_cleanup_led(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    int32_t ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_cleanup_led");

    switch(hw->mac_type) {
    case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
    case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
    case e1000_82543:
    case e1000_82544:
        /* No cleanup necessary */
        break;
    case e1000_82541:
    case e1000_82547:
    case e1000_82541_rev_2:
    case e1000_82547_rev_2:
        /* Turn on PHY Smart Power Down (if previously enabled) */
        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO,
                                      hw->phy_spd_default);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;
        /* Fall Through */
    default:
        if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife) {
            e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_SPECIAL_CONTROL_LED, 0);
            break;
        }
        /* Restore LEDCTL settings */
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, hw->ledctl_default);
        break;
    }

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Turns on the software controllable LED
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_led_on(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_led_on");

    switch(hw->mac_type) {
    case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
    case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
    case e1000_82543:
        /* Set SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn on the LED */
        ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
        ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
        break;
    case e1000_82544:
        if(hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
            /* Set SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn on the LED */
            ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
            ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
        } else {
            /* Clear SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn on the LED */
            ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
            ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
        }
        break;
    default:
        if(hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
            /* Clear SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn on the LED */
            ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
            ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
        } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife) {
            e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_SPECIAL_CONTROL_LED,
                 (IFE_PSCL_PROBE_MODE | IFE_PSCL_PROBE_LEDS_ON));
        } else if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper) {
            E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, hw->ledctl_mode2);
            return E1000_SUCCESS;
        }
        break;
    }

    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Turns off the software controllable LED
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_led_off(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_led_off");

    switch(hw->mac_type) {
    case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
    case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
    case e1000_82543:
        /* Clear SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn off the LED */
        ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
        ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
        break;
    case e1000_82544:
        if(hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
            /* Clear SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn off the LED */
            ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
            ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
        } else {
            /* Set SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn off the LED */
            ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
            ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
        }
        break;
    default:
        if(hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
            /* Set SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn off the LED */
            ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
            ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
        } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife) {
            e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_SPECIAL_CONTROL_LED,
                 (IFE_PSCL_PROBE_MODE | IFE_PSCL_PROBE_LEDS_OFF));
        } else if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper) {
            E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, hw->ledctl_mode1);
            return E1000_SUCCESS;
        }
        break;
    }

    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Clears all hardware statistics counters.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *****************************************************************************/
static void
e1000_clear_hw_cntrs(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    volatile uint32_t temp;

    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CRCERRS);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SYMERRS);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MPC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SCC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ECOL);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MCC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, LATECOL);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, COLC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, DC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SEC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RLEC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, XONRXC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, XONTXC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, XOFFRXC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, XOFFTXC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, FCRUC);

    if (hw->mac_type != e1000_ich8lan) {
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PRC64);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PRC127);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PRC255);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PRC511);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PRC1023);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PRC1522);
    }

    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GPRC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, BPRC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MPRC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GPTC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GORCL);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GORCH);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GOTCL);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GOTCH);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RNBC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RUC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RFC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ROC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RJC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TORL);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TORH);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TOTL);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TOTH);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TPR);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TPT);

    if (hw->mac_type != e1000_ich8lan) {
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PTC64);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PTC127);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PTC255);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PTC511);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PTC1023);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PTC1522);
    }

    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MPTC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, BPTC);

    if(hw->mac_type < e1000_82543) return;

    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ALGNERRC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RXERRC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TNCRS);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CEXTERR);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TSCTC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TSCTFC);

    if(hw->mac_type <= e1000_82544) return;

    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MGTPRC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MGTPDC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MGTPTC);

    if(hw->mac_type <= e1000_82547_rev_2) return;

    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, IAC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICRXOC);

    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) return;

    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICRXPTC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICRXATC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICTXPTC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICTXATC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICTXQEC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICTXQMTC);
    temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICRXDMTC);
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Resets Adaptive IFS to its default state.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *
 * Call this after e1000_init_hw. You may override the IFS defaults by setting
 * hw->ifs_params_forced to TRUE. However, you must initialize hw->
 * current_ifs_val, ifs_min_val, ifs_max_val, ifs_step_size, and ifs_ratio
 * before calling this function.
 *****************************************************************************/
void
e1000_reset_adaptive(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_reset_adaptive");

    if(hw->adaptive_ifs) {
        if(!hw->ifs_params_forced) {
            hw->current_ifs_val = 0;
            hw->ifs_min_val = IFS_MIN;
            hw->ifs_max_val = IFS_MAX;
            hw->ifs_step_size = IFS_STEP;
            hw->ifs_ratio = IFS_RATIO;
        }
        hw->in_ifs_mode = FALSE;
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, AIT, 0);
    } else {
        DEBUGOUT("Not in Adaptive IFS mode!\n");
    }
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Called during the callback/watchdog routine to update IFS value based on
 * the ratio of transmits to collisions.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * tx_packets - Number of transmits since last callback
 * total_collisions - Number of collisions since last callback
 *****************************************************************************/
void
e1000_update_adaptive(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_update_adaptive");

    if(hw->adaptive_ifs) {
        if((hw->collision_delta * hw->ifs_ratio) > hw->tx_packet_delta) {
            if(hw->tx_packet_delta > MIN_NUM_XMITS) {
                hw->in_ifs_mode = TRUE;
                if(hw->current_ifs_val < hw->ifs_max_val) {
                    if(hw->current_ifs_val == 0)
                        hw->current_ifs_val = hw->ifs_min_val;
                    else
                        hw->current_ifs_val += hw->ifs_step_size;
                    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, AIT, hw->current_ifs_val);
                }
            }
        } else {
            if(hw->in_ifs_mode && (hw->tx_packet_delta <= MIN_NUM_XMITS)) {
                hw->current_ifs_val = 0;
                hw->in_ifs_mode = FALSE;
                E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, AIT, 0);
            }
        }
    } else {
        DEBUGOUT("Not in Adaptive IFS mode!\n");
    }
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Adjusts the statistic counters when a frame is accepted by TBI_ACCEPT
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * frame_len - The length of the frame in question
 * mac_addr - The Ethernet destination address of the frame in question
 *****************************************************************************/
void
e1000_tbi_adjust_stats(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                       struct e1000_hw_stats *stats,
                       uint32_t frame_len,
                       uint8_t *mac_addr)
{
    uint64_t carry_bit;

    /* First adjust the frame length. */
    frame_len--;
    /* We need to adjust the statistics counters, since the hardware
     * counters overcount this packet as a CRC error and undercount
     * the packet as a good packet
     */
    /* This packet should not be counted as a CRC error.    */
    stats->crcerrs--;
    /* This packet does count as a Good Packet Received.    */
    stats->gprc++;

    /* Adjust the Good Octets received counters             */
    carry_bit = 0x80000000 & stats->gorcl;
    stats->gorcl += frame_len;
    /* If the high bit of Gorcl (the low 32 bits of the Good Octets
     * Received Count) was one before the addition,
     * AND it is zero after, then we lost the carry out,
     * need to add one to Gorch (Good Octets Received Count High).
     * This could be simplified if all environments supported
     * 64-bit integers.
     */
    if(carry_bit && ((stats->gorcl & 0x80000000) == 0))
        stats->gorch++;
    /* Is this a broadcast or multicast?  Check broadcast first,
     * since the test for a multicast frame will test positive on
     * a broadcast frame.
     */
    if((mac_addr[0] == (uint8_t) 0xff) && (mac_addr[1] == (uint8_t) 0xff))
        /* Broadcast packet */
        stats->bprc++;
    else if(*mac_addr & 0x01)
        /* Multicast packet */
        stats->mprc++;

    if(frame_len == hw->max_frame_size) {
        /* In this case, the hardware has overcounted the number of
         * oversize frames.
         */
        if(stats->roc > 0)
            stats->roc--;
    }

    /* Adjust the bin counters when the extra byte put the frame in the
     * wrong bin. Remember that the frame_len was adjusted above.
     */
    if(frame_len == 64) {
        stats->prc64++;
        stats->prc127--;
    } else if(frame_len == 127) {
        stats->prc127++;
        stats->prc255--;
    } else if(frame_len == 255) {
        stats->prc255++;
        stats->prc511--;
    } else if(frame_len == 511) {
        stats->prc511++;
        stats->prc1023--;
    } else if(frame_len == 1023) {
        stats->prc1023++;
        stats->prc1522--;
    } else if(frame_len == 1522) {
        stats->prc1522++;
    }
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Gets the current PCI bus type, speed, and width of the hardware
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *****************************************************************************/
void
e1000_get_bus_info(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t status;

    switch (hw->mac_type) {
    case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
    case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
        hw->bus_type = e1000_bus_type_unknown;
        hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_unknown;
        hw->bus_width = e1000_bus_width_unknown;
        break;
    case e1000_82572:
    case e1000_82573:
        hw->bus_type = e1000_bus_type_pci_express;
        hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_2500;
        hw->bus_width = e1000_bus_width_pciex_1;
        break;
    case e1000_82571:
    case e1000_ich8lan:
    case e1000_80003es2lan:
        hw->bus_type = e1000_bus_type_pci_express;
        hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_2500;
        hw->bus_width = e1000_bus_width_pciex_4;
        break;
    default:
        status = E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS);
        hw->bus_type = (status & E1000_STATUS_PCIX_MODE) ?
                       e1000_bus_type_pcix : e1000_bus_type_pci;

        if(hw->device_id == E1000_DEV_ID_82546EB_QUAD_COPPER) {
            hw->bus_speed = (hw->bus_type == e1000_bus_type_pci) ?
                            e1000_bus_speed_66 : e1000_bus_speed_120;
        } else if(hw->bus_type == e1000_bus_type_pci) {
            hw->bus_speed = (status & E1000_STATUS_PCI66) ?
                            e1000_bus_speed_66 : e1000_bus_speed_33;
        } else {
            switch (status & E1000_STATUS_PCIX_SPEED) {
            case E1000_STATUS_PCIX_SPEED_66:
                hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_66;
                break;
            case E1000_STATUS_PCIX_SPEED_100:
                hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_100;
                break;
            case E1000_STATUS_PCIX_SPEED_133:
                hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_133;
                break;
            default:
                hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_reserved;
                break;
            }
        }
        hw->bus_width = (status & E1000_STATUS_BUS64) ?
                        e1000_bus_width_64 : e1000_bus_width_32;
        break;
    }
}
/******************************************************************************
 * Reads a value from one of the devices registers using port I/O (as opposed
 * memory mapped I/O). Only 82544 and newer devices support port I/O.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * offset - offset to read from
 *****************************************************************************/
uint32_t
e1000_read_reg_io(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                  uint32_t offset)
{
    unsigned long io_addr = hw->io_base;
    unsigned long io_data = hw->io_base + 4;

    e1000_io_write(hw, io_addr, offset);
    return e1000_io_read(hw, io_data);
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Writes a value to one of the devices registers using port I/O (as opposed to
 * memory mapped I/O). Only 82544 and newer devices support port I/O.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * offset - offset to write to
 * value - value to write
 *****************************************************************************/
static void
e1000_write_reg_io(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                   uint32_t offset,
                   uint32_t value)
{
    unsigned long io_addr = hw->io_base;
    unsigned long io_data = hw->io_base + 4;

    e1000_io_write(hw, io_addr, offset);
    e1000_io_write(hw, io_data, value);
}


/******************************************************************************
 * Estimates the cable length.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * min_length - The estimated minimum length
 * max_length - The estimated maximum length
 *
 * returns: - E1000_ERR_XXX
 *            E1000_SUCCESS
 *
 * This function always returns a ranged length (minimum & maximum).
 * So for M88 phy's, this function interprets the one value returned from the
 * register to the minimum and maximum range.
 * For IGP phy's, the function calculates the range by the AGC registers.
 *****************************************************************************/
static int32_t
e1000_get_cable_length(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                       uint16_t *min_length,
                       uint16_t *max_length)
{
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t agc_value = 0;
    uint16_t i, phy_data;
    uint16_t cable_length;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_get_cable_length");

    *min_length = *max_length = 0;

    /* Use old method for Phy older than IGP */
    if(hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) {

        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_STATUS,
                                     &phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;
        cable_length = (phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_CABLE_LENGTH) >>
                       M88E1000_PSSR_CABLE_LENGTH_SHIFT;

        /* Convert the enum value to ranged values */
        switch (cable_length) {
        case e1000_cable_length_50:
            *min_length = 0;
            *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_50;
            break;
        case e1000_cable_length_50_80:
            *min_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_50;
            *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_80;
            break;
        case e1000_cable_length_80_110:
            *min_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_80;
            *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_110;
            break;
        case e1000_cable_length_110_140:
            *min_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_110;
            *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_140;
            break;
        case e1000_cable_length_140:
            *min_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_140;
            *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_170;
            break;
        default:
            return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
            break;
        }
    } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563) {
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_DSP_DISTANCE,
                                     &phy_data);
        if (ret_val)
            return ret_val;
        cable_length = phy_data & GG82563_DSPD_CABLE_LENGTH;

        switch (cable_length) {
        case e1000_gg_cable_length_60:
            *min_length = 0;
            *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_60;
            break;
        case e1000_gg_cable_length_60_115:
            *min_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_60;
            *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_115;
            break;
        case e1000_gg_cable_length_115_150:
            *min_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_115;
            *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_150;
            break;
        case e1000_gg_cable_length_150:
            *min_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_150;
            *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_180;
            break;
        default:
            return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
            break;
        }
    } else if(hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp) { /* For IGP PHY */
        uint16_t cur_agc_value;
        uint16_t min_agc_value = IGP01E1000_AGC_LENGTH_TABLE_SIZE;
        uint16_t agc_reg_array[IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM] =
                                                         {IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_A,
                                                          IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_B,
                                                          IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_C,
                                                          IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_D};
        /* Read the AGC registers for all channels */
        for(i = 0; i < IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM; i++) {

            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, agc_reg_array[i], &phy_data);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;

            cur_agc_value = phy_data >> IGP01E1000_AGC_LENGTH_SHIFT;

            /* Value bound check. */
            if ((cur_agc_value >= IGP01E1000_AGC_LENGTH_TABLE_SIZE - 1) ||
                (cur_agc_value == 0))
                return -E1000_ERR_PHY;

            agc_value += cur_agc_value;

            /* Update minimal AGC value. */
            if (min_agc_value > cur_agc_value)
                min_agc_value = cur_agc_value;
        }

        /* Remove the minimal AGC result for length < 50m */
        if (agc_value < IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM * e1000_igp_cable_length_50) {
            agc_value -= min_agc_value;

            /* Get the average length of the remaining 3 channels */
            agc_value /= (IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM - 1);
        } else {
            /* Get the average length of all the 4 channels. */
            agc_value /= IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM;
        }

        /* Set the range of the calculated length. */
        *min_length = ((e1000_igp_cable_length_table[agc_value] -
                       IGP01E1000_AGC_RANGE) > 0) ?
                       (e1000_igp_cable_length_table[agc_value] -
                       IGP01E1000_AGC_RANGE) : 0;
        *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_table[agc_value] +
                      IGP01E1000_AGC_RANGE;
    } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2 ||
               hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3) {
        uint16_t cur_agc_index, max_agc_index = 0;
        uint16_t min_agc_index = IGP02E1000_AGC_LENGTH_TABLE_SIZE - 1;
        uint16_t agc_reg_array[IGP02E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM] =
                                                         {IGP02E1000_PHY_AGC_A,
                                                          IGP02E1000_PHY_AGC_B,
                                                          IGP02E1000_PHY_AGC_C,
                                                          IGP02E1000_PHY_AGC_D};
        /* Read the AGC registers for all channels */
        for (i = 0; i < IGP02E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM; i++) {
            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, agc_reg_array[i], &phy_data);
            if (ret_val)
                return ret_val;

	    /* Getting bits 15:9, which represent the combination of course and
             * fine gain values.  The result is a number that can be put into
             * the lookup table to obtain the approximate cable length. */
            cur_agc_index = (phy_data >> IGP02E1000_AGC_LENGTH_SHIFT) &
                            IGP02E1000_AGC_LENGTH_MASK;

            /* Array index bound check. */
            if ((cur_agc_index >= IGP02E1000_AGC_LENGTH_TABLE_SIZE) ||
                (cur_agc_index == 0))
                return -E1000_ERR_PHY;

            /* Remove min & max AGC values from calculation. */
            if (e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[min_agc_index] >
                e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[cur_agc_index])
                min_agc_index = cur_agc_index;
            if (e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[max_agc_index] <
                e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[cur_agc_index])
                max_agc_index = cur_agc_index;

            agc_value += e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[cur_agc_index];
        }

        agc_value -= (e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[min_agc_index] +
                      e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[max_agc_index]);
        agc_value /= (IGP02E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM - 2);

        /* Calculate cable length with the error range of +/- 10 meters. */
        *min_length = ((agc_value - IGP02E1000_AGC_RANGE) > 0) ?
                       (agc_value - IGP02E1000_AGC_RANGE) : 0;
        *max_length = agc_value + IGP02E1000_AGC_RANGE;
    }

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Check the cable polarity
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * polarity - output parameter : 0 - Polarity is not reversed
 *                               1 - Polarity is reversed.
 *
 * returns: - E1000_ERR_XXX
 *            E1000_SUCCESS
 *
 * For phy's older then IGP, this function simply reads the polarity bit in the
 * Phy Status register.  For IGP phy's, this bit is valid only if link speed is
 * 10 Mbps.  If the link speed is 100 Mbps there is no polarity so this bit will
 * return 0.  If the link speed is 1000 Mbps the polarity status is in the
 * IGP01E1000_PHY_PCS_INIT_REG.
 *****************************************************************************/
static int32_t
e1000_check_polarity(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                     uint16_t *polarity)
{
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t phy_data;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_check_polarity");

    if ((hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) ||
        (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563)) {
        /* return the Polarity bit in the Status register. */
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_STATUS,
                                     &phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;
        *polarity = (phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_REV_POLARITY) >>
                    M88E1000_PSSR_REV_POLARITY_SHIFT;
    } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp ||
              hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3 ||
              hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2) {
        /* Read the Status register to check the speed */
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_STATUS,
                                     &phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        /* If speed is 1000 Mbps, must read the IGP01E1000_PHY_PCS_INIT_REG to
         * find the polarity status */
        if((phy_data & IGP01E1000_PSSR_SPEED_MASK) ==
           IGP01E1000_PSSR_SPEED_1000MBPS) {

            /* Read the GIG initialization PCS register (0x00B4) */
            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PCS_INIT_REG,
                                         &phy_data);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;

            /* Check the polarity bits */
            *polarity = (phy_data & IGP01E1000_PHY_POLARITY_MASK) ? 1 : 0;
        } else {
            /* For 10 Mbps, read the polarity bit in the status register. (for
             * 100 Mbps this bit is always 0) */
            *polarity = phy_data & IGP01E1000_PSSR_POLARITY_REVERSED;
        }
    } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife) {
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_EXTENDED_STATUS_CONTROL,
                                     &phy_data);
        if (ret_val)
            return ret_val;
        *polarity = (phy_data & IFE_PESC_POLARITY_REVERSED) >>
                           IFE_PESC_POLARITY_REVERSED_SHIFT;
    }
    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Check if Downshift occured
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * downshift - output parameter : 0 - No Downshift ocured.
 *                                1 - Downshift ocured.
 *
 * returns: - E1000_ERR_XXX
 *            E1000_SUCCESS
 *
 * For phy's older then IGP, this function reads the Downshift bit in the Phy
 * Specific Status register.  For IGP phy's, it reads the Downgrade bit in the
 * Link Health register.  In IGP this bit is latched high, so the driver must
 * read it immediately after link is established.
 *****************************************************************************/
static int32_t
e1000_check_downshift(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t phy_data;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_check_downshift");

    if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp ||
        hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3 ||
        hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2) {
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_LINK_HEALTH,
                                     &phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        hw->speed_downgraded = (phy_data & IGP01E1000_PLHR_SS_DOWNGRADE) ? 1 : 0;
    } else if ((hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) ||
               (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563)) {
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_STATUS,
                                     &phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        hw->speed_downgraded = (phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_DOWNSHIFT) >>
                               M88E1000_PSSR_DOWNSHIFT_SHIFT;
    } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife) {
        /* e1000_phy_ife supports 10/100 speed only */
        hw->speed_downgraded = FALSE;
    }

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/*****************************************************************************
 *
 * 82541_rev_2 & 82547_rev_2 have the capability to configure the DSP when a
 * gigabit link is achieved to improve link quality.
 *
 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *
 * returns: - E1000_ERR_PHY if fail to read/write the PHY
 *            E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
 *
 ****************************************************************************/

static int32_t
e1000_config_dsp_after_link_change(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                                   boolean_t link_up)
{
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t phy_data, phy_saved_data, speed, duplex, i;
    uint16_t dsp_reg_array[IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM] =
                                        {IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_PARAM_A,
                                        IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_PARAM_B,
                                        IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_PARAM_C,
                                        IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_PARAM_D};
    uint16_t min_length, max_length;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_config_dsp_after_link_change");

    if(hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_igp)
        return E1000_SUCCESS;

    if(link_up) {
        ret_val = e1000_get_speed_and_duplex(hw, &speed, &duplex);
        if(ret_val) {
            DEBUGOUT("Error getting link speed and duplex\n");
            return ret_val;
        }

        if(speed == SPEED_1000) {

            ret_val = e1000_get_cable_length(hw, &min_length, &max_length);
            if (ret_val)
                return ret_val;

            if((hw->dsp_config_state == e1000_dsp_config_enabled) &&
                min_length >= e1000_igp_cable_length_50) {

                for(i = 0; i < IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM; i++) {
                    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, dsp_reg_array[i],
                                                 &phy_data);
                    if(ret_val)
                        return ret_val;

                    phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PHY_EDAC_MU_INDEX;

                    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, dsp_reg_array[i],
                                                  phy_data);
                    if(ret_val)
                        return ret_val;
                }
                hw->dsp_config_state = e1000_dsp_config_activated;
            }

            if((hw->ffe_config_state == e1000_ffe_config_enabled) &&
               (min_length < e1000_igp_cable_length_50)) {

                uint16_t ffe_idle_err_timeout = FFE_IDLE_ERR_COUNT_TIMEOUT_20;
                uint32_t idle_errs = 0;

                /* clear previous idle error counts */
                ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_STATUS,
                                             &phy_data);
                if(ret_val)
                    return ret_val;

                for(i = 0; i < ffe_idle_err_timeout; i++) {
                    udelay(1000);
                    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_STATUS,
                                                 &phy_data);
                    if(ret_val)
                        return ret_val;

                    idle_errs += (phy_data & SR_1000T_IDLE_ERROR_CNT);
                    if(idle_errs > SR_1000T_PHY_EXCESSIVE_IDLE_ERR_COUNT) {
                        hw->ffe_config_state = e1000_ffe_config_active;

                        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw,
                                    IGP01E1000_PHY_DSP_FFE,
                                    IGP01E1000_PHY_DSP_FFE_CM_CP);
                        if(ret_val)
                            return ret_val;
                        break;
                    }

                    if(idle_errs)
                        ffe_idle_err_timeout = FFE_IDLE_ERR_COUNT_TIMEOUT_100;
                }
            }
        }
    } else {
        if(hw->dsp_config_state == e1000_dsp_config_activated) {
            /* Save off the current value of register 0x2F5B to be restored at
             * the end of the routines. */
            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, &phy_saved_data);

            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;

            /* Disable the PHY transmitter */
            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, 0x0003);

            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;

            msec_delay_irq(20);

            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x0000,
                                          IGP01E1000_IEEE_FORCE_GIGA);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;
            for(i = 0; i < IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM; i++) {
                ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, dsp_reg_array[i], &phy_data);
                if(ret_val)
                    return ret_val;

                phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PHY_EDAC_MU_INDEX;
                phy_data |=  IGP01E1000_PHY_EDAC_SIGN_EXT_9_BITS;

                ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw,dsp_reg_array[i], phy_data);
                if(ret_val)
                    return ret_val;
            }

            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x0000,
                                          IGP01E1000_IEEE_RESTART_AUTONEG);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;

            msec_delay_irq(20);

            /* Now enable the transmitter */
            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, phy_saved_data);

            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;

            hw->dsp_config_state = e1000_dsp_config_enabled;
        }

        if(hw->ffe_config_state == e1000_ffe_config_active) {
            /* Save off the current value of register 0x2F5B to be restored at
             * the end of the routines. */
            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, &phy_saved_data);

            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;

            /* Disable the PHY transmitter */
            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, 0x0003);

            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;

            msec_delay_irq(20);

            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x0000,
                                          IGP01E1000_IEEE_FORCE_GIGA);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;
            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_DSP_FFE,
                                          IGP01E1000_PHY_DSP_FFE_DEFAULT);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;

            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x0000,
                                          IGP01E1000_IEEE_RESTART_AUTONEG);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;

            msec_delay_irq(20);

            /* Now enable the transmitter */
            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, phy_saved_data);

            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;

            hw->ffe_config_state = e1000_ffe_config_enabled;
        }
    }
    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/*****************************************************************************
 * Set PHY to class A mode
 * Assumes the following operations will follow to enable the new class mode.
 *  1. Do a PHY soft reset
 *  2. Restart auto-negotiation or force link.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 ****************************************************************************/
static int32_t
e1000_set_phy_mode(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t eeprom_data;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_phy_mode");

    if((hw->mac_type == e1000_82545_rev_3) &&
       (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper)) {
        ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_PHY_CLASS_WORD, 1, &eeprom_data);
        if(ret_val) {
            return ret_val;
        }

        if((eeprom_data != EEPROM_RESERVED_WORD) &&
           (eeprom_data & EEPROM_PHY_CLASS_A)) {
            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x000B);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;
            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, 0x8104);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;

            hw->phy_reset_disable = FALSE;
        }
    }

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/*****************************************************************************
 *
 * This function sets the lplu state according to the active flag.  When
 * activating lplu this function also disables smart speed and vise versa.
 * lplu will not be activated unless the device autonegotiation advertisment
 * meets standards of either 10 or 10/100 or 10/100/1000 at all duplexes.
 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * active - true to enable lplu false to disable lplu.
 *
 * returns: - E1000_ERR_PHY if fail to read/write the PHY
 *            E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
 *
 ****************************************************************************/

static int32_t
e1000_set_d3_lplu_state(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                        boolean_t active)
{
    uint32_t phy_ctrl = 0;
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t phy_data;
    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_d3_lplu_state");

    if (hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_igp && hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_igp_2
        && hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_igp_3)
        return E1000_SUCCESS;

    /* During driver activity LPLU should not be used or it will attain link
     * from the lowest speeds starting from 10Mbps. The capability is used for
     * Dx transitions and states */
    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82541_rev_2 || hw->mac_type == e1000_82547_rev_2) {
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO, &phy_data);
        if (ret_val)
            return ret_val;
    } else if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
        /* MAC writes into PHY register based on the state transition
         * and start auto-negotiation. SW driver can overwrite the settings
         * in CSR PHY power control E1000_PHY_CTRL register. */
        phy_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PHY_CTRL);
    } else {
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT, &phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;
    }

    if(!active) {
        if(hw->mac_type == e1000_82541_rev_2 ||
           hw->mac_type == e1000_82547_rev_2) {
            phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_GMII_FLEX_SPD;
            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO, phy_data);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;
        } else {
            if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
                phy_ctrl &= ~E1000_PHY_CTRL_NOND0A_LPLU;
                E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, PHY_CTRL, phy_ctrl);
            } else {
                phy_data &= ~IGP02E1000_PM_D3_LPLU;
                ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT,
                                              phy_data);
                if (ret_val)
                    return ret_val;
            }
        }

        /* LPLU and SmartSpeed are mutually exclusive.  LPLU is used during
         * Dx states where the power conservation is most important.  During
         * driver activity we should enable SmartSpeed, so performance is
         * maintained. */
        if (hw->smart_speed == e1000_smart_speed_on) {
            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
                                         &phy_data);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;

            phy_data |= IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
                                          phy_data);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;
        } else if (hw->smart_speed == e1000_smart_speed_off) {
            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
                                         &phy_data);
	    if (ret_val)
                return ret_val;

            phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
                                          phy_data);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;
        }

    } else if((hw->autoneg_advertised == AUTONEG_ADVERTISE_SPEED_DEFAULT) ||
              (hw->autoneg_advertised == AUTONEG_ADVERTISE_10_ALL ) ||
              (hw->autoneg_advertised == AUTONEG_ADVERTISE_10_100_ALL)) {

        if(hw->mac_type == e1000_82541_rev_2 ||
            hw->mac_type == e1000_82547_rev_2) {
            phy_data |= IGP01E1000_GMII_FLEX_SPD;
            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO, phy_data);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;
        } else {
            if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
                phy_ctrl |= E1000_PHY_CTRL_NOND0A_LPLU;
                E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, PHY_CTRL, phy_ctrl);
            } else {
                phy_data |= IGP02E1000_PM_D3_LPLU;
                ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT,
                                              phy_data);
                if (ret_val)
                    return ret_val;
            }
        }

        /* When LPLU is enabled we should disable SmartSpeed */
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG, &phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG, phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

    }
    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/*****************************************************************************
 *
 * This function sets the lplu d0 state according to the active flag.  When
 * activating lplu this function also disables smart speed and vise versa.
 * lplu will not be activated unless the device autonegotiation advertisment
 * meets standards of either 10 or 10/100 or 10/100/1000 at all duplexes.
 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * active - true to enable lplu false to disable lplu.
 *
 * returns: - E1000_ERR_PHY if fail to read/write the PHY
 *            E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
 *
 ****************************************************************************/

static int32_t
e1000_set_d0_lplu_state(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                        boolean_t active)
{
    uint32_t phy_ctrl = 0;
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t phy_data;
    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_d0_lplu_state");

    if(hw->mac_type <= e1000_82547_rev_2)
        return E1000_SUCCESS;

    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
        phy_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PHY_CTRL);
    } else {
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT, &phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;
    }

    if (!active) {
        if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
            phy_ctrl &= ~E1000_PHY_CTRL_D0A_LPLU;
            E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, PHY_CTRL, phy_ctrl);
        } else {
            phy_data &= ~IGP02E1000_PM_D0_LPLU;
            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT, phy_data);
            if (ret_val)
                return ret_val;
        }

        /* LPLU and SmartSpeed are mutually exclusive.  LPLU is used during
         * Dx states where the power conservation is most important.  During
         * driver activity we should enable SmartSpeed, so performance is
         * maintained. */
        if (hw->smart_speed == e1000_smart_speed_on) {
            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
                                         &phy_data);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;

            phy_data |= IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
                                          phy_data);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;
        } else if (hw->smart_speed == e1000_smart_speed_off) {
            ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
                                         &phy_data);
	    if (ret_val)
                return ret_val;

            phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
                                          phy_data);
            if(ret_val)
                return ret_val;
        }


    } else {

        if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
            phy_ctrl |= E1000_PHY_CTRL_D0A_LPLU;
            E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, PHY_CTRL, phy_ctrl);
        } else {
            phy_data |= IGP02E1000_PM_D0_LPLU;
            ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT, phy_data);
            if (ret_val)
                return ret_val;
        }

        /* When LPLU is enabled we should disable SmartSpeed */
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG, &phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG, phy_data);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

    }
    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Change VCO speed register to improve Bit Error Rate performance of SERDES.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *****************************************************************************/
static int32_t
e1000_set_vco_speed(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    int32_t  ret_val;
    uint16_t default_page = 0;
    uint16_t phy_data;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_vco_speed");

    switch(hw->mac_type) {
    case e1000_82545_rev_3:
    case e1000_82546_rev_3:
       break;
    default:
        return E1000_SUCCESS;
    }

    /* Set PHY register 30, page 5, bit 8 to 0 */

    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, &default_page);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0005);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, &phy_data);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    phy_data &= ~M88E1000_PHY_VCO_REG_BIT8;
    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, phy_data);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    /* Set PHY register 30, page 4, bit 11 to 1 */

    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0004);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, &phy_data);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    phy_data |= M88E1000_PHY_VCO_REG_BIT11;
    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, phy_data);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, default_page);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}


/*****************************************************************************
 * This function reads the cookie from ARC ram.
 *
 * returns: - E1000_SUCCESS .
 ****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_host_if_read_cookie(struct e1000_hw * hw, uint8_t *buffer)
{
    uint8_t i;
    uint32_t offset = E1000_MNG_DHCP_COOKIE_OFFSET;
    uint8_t length = E1000_MNG_DHCP_COOKIE_LENGTH;

    length = (length >> 2);
    offset = (offset >> 2);

    for (i = 0; i < length; i++) {
        *((uint32_t *) buffer + i) =
            E1000_READ_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, offset + i);
    }
    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}


/*****************************************************************************
 * This function checks whether the HOST IF is enabled for command operaton
 * and also checks whether the previous command is completed.
 * It busy waits in case of previous command is not completed.
 *
 * returns: - E1000_ERR_HOST_INTERFACE_COMMAND in case if is not ready or
 *            timeout
 *          - E1000_SUCCESS for success.
 ****************************************************************************/
static int32_t
e1000_mng_enable_host_if(struct e1000_hw * hw)
{
    uint32_t hicr;
    uint8_t i;

    /* Check that the host interface is enabled. */
    hicr = E1000_READ_REG(hw, HICR);
    if ((hicr & E1000_HICR_EN) == 0) {
        DEBUGOUT("E1000_HOST_EN bit disabled.\n");
        return -E1000_ERR_HOST_INTERFACE_COMMAND;
    }
    /* check the previous command is completed */
    for (i = 0; i < E1000_MNG_DHCP_COMMAND_TIMEOUT; i++) {
        hicr = E1000_READ_REG(hw, HICR);
        if (!(hicr & E1000_HICR_C))
            break;
        msec_delay_irq(1);
    }

    if (i == E1000_MNG_DHCP_COMMAND_TIMEOUT) {
        DEBUGOUT("Previous command timeout failed .\n");
        return -E1000_ERR_HOST_INTERFACE_COMMAND;
    }
    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/*****************************************************************************
 * This function writes the buffer content at the offset given on the host if.
 * It also does alignment considerations to do the writes in most efficient way.
 * Also fills up the sum of the buffer in *buffer parameter.
 *
 * returns  - E1000_SUCCESS for success.
 ****************************************************************************/
static int32_t
e1000_mng_host_if_write(struct e1000_hw * hw, uint8_t *buffer,
                        uint16_t length, uint16_t offset, uint8_t *sum)
{
    uint8_t *tmp;
    uint8_t *bufptr = buffer;
    uint32_t data;
    uint16_t remaining, i, j, prev_bytes;

    /* sum = only sum of the data and it is not checksum */

    if (length == 0 || offset + length > E1000_HI_MAX_MNG_DATA_LENGTH) {
        return -E1000_ERR_PARAM;
    }

    tmp = (uint8_t *)&data;
    prev_bytes = offset & 0x3;
    offset &= 0xFFFC;
    offset >>= 2;

    if (prev_bytes) {
        data = E1000_READ_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, offset);
        for (j = prev_bytes; j < sizeof(uint32_t); j++) {
            *(tmp + j) = *bufptr++;
            *sum += *(tmp + j);
        }
        E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, offset, data);
        length -= j - prev_bytes;
        offset++;
    }

    remaining = length & 0x3;
    length -= remaining;

    /* Calculate length in DWORDs */
    length >>= 2;

    /* The device driver writes the relevant command block into the
     * ram area. */
    for (i = 0; i < length; i++) {
        for (j = 0; j < sizeof(uint32_t); j++) {
            *(tmp + j) = *bufptr++;
            *sum += *(tmp + j);
        }

        E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, offset + i, data);
    }
    if (remaining) {
        for (j = 0; j < sizeof(uint32_t); j++) {
            if (j < remaining)
                *(tmp + j) = *bufptr++;
            else
                *(tmp + j) = 0;

            *sum += *(tmp + j);
        }
        E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, offset + i, data);
    }

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}


/*****************************************************************************
 * This function writes the command header after does the checksum calculation.
 *
 * returns  - E1000_SUCCESS for success.
 ****************************************************************************/
static int32_t
e1000_mng_write_cmd_header(struct e1000_hw * hw,
                           struct e1000_host_mng_command_header * hdr)
{
    uint16_t i;
    uint8_t sum;
    uint8_t *buffer;

    /* Write the whole command header structure which includes sum of
     * the buffer */

    uint16_t length = sizeof(struct e1000_host_mng_command_header);

    sum = hdr->checksum;
    hdr->checksum = 0;

    buffer = (uint8_t *) hdr;
    i = length;
    while(i--)
        sum += buffer[i];

    hdr->checksum = 0 - sum;

    length >>= 2;
    /* The device driver writes the relevant command block into the ram area. */
    for (i = 0; i < length; i++) {
        E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, i, *((uint32_t *) hdr + i));
        E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
    }

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}


/*****************************************************************************
 * This function indicates to ARC that a new command is pending which completes
 * one write operation by the driver.
 *
 * returns  - E1000_SUCCESS for success.
 ****************************************************************************/
static int32_t
e1000_mng_write_commit(
    struct e1000_hw * hw)
{
    uint32_t hicr;

    hicr = E1000_READ_REG(hw, HICR);
    /* Setting this bit tells the ARC that a new command is pending. */
    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, HICR, hicr | E1000_HICR_C);

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}


/*****************************************************************************
 * This function checks the mode of the firmware.
 *
 * returns  - TRUE when the mode is IAMT or FALSE.
 ****************************************************************************/
boolean_t
e1000_check_mng_mode(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t fwsm;

    fwsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, FWSM);

    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
        if ((fwsm & E1000_FWSM_MODE_MASK) ==
            (E1000_MNG_ICH_IAMT_MODE << E1000_FWSM_MODE_SHIFT))
            return TRUE;
    } else if ((fwsm & E1000_FWSM_MODE_MASK) ==
               (E1000_MNG_IAMT_MODE << E1000_FWSM_MODE_SHIFT))
        return TRUE;

    return FALSE;
}


/*****************************************************************************
 * This function writes the dhcp info .
 ****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_mng_write_dhcp_info(struct e1000_hw * hw, uint8_t *buffer,
			  uint16_t length)
{
    int32_t ret_val;
    struct e1000_host_mng_command_header hdr;

    hdr.command_id = E1000_MNG_DHCP_TX_PAYLOAD_CMD;
    hdr.command_length = length;
    hdr.reserved1 = 0;
    hdr.reserved2 = 0;
    hdr.checksum = 0;

    ret_val = e1000_mng_enable_host_if(hw);
    if (ret_val == E1000_SUCCESS) {
        ret_val = e1000_mng_host_if_write(hw, buffer, length, sizeof(hdr),
                                          &(hdr.checksum));
        if (ret_val == E1000_SUCCESS) {
            ret_val = e1000_mng_write_cmd_header(hw, &hdr);
            if (ret_val == E1000_SUCCESS)
                ret_val = e1000_mng_write_commit(hw);
        }
    }
    return ret_val;
}


/*****************************************************************************
 * This function calculates the checksum.
 *
 * returns  - checksum of buffer contents.
 ****************************************************************************/
uint8_t
e1000_calculate_mng_checksum(char *buffer, uint32_t length)
{
    uint8_t sum = 0;
    uint32_t i;

    if (!buffer)
        return 0;

    for (i=0; i < length; i++)
        sum += buffer[i];

    return (uint8_t) (0 - sum);
}

/*****************************************************************************
 * This function checks whether tx pkt filtering needs to be enabled or not.
 *
 * returns  - TRUE for packet filtering or FALSE.
 ****************************************************************************/
boolean_t
e1000_enable_tx_pkt_filtering(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    /* called in init as well as watchdog timer functions */

    int32_t ret_val, checksum;
    boolean_t tx_filter = FALSE;
    struct e1000_host_mng_dhcp_cookie *hdr = &(hw->mng_cookie);
    uint8_t *buffer = (uint8_t *) &(hw->mng_cookie);

    if (e1000_check_mng_mode(hw)) {
        ret_val = e1000_mng_enable_host_if(hw);
        if (ret_val == E1000_SUCCESS) {
            ret_val = e1000_host_if_read_cookie(hw, buffer);
            if (ret_val == E1000_SUCCESS) {
                checksum = hdr->checksum;
                hdr->checksum = 0;
                if ((hdr->signature == E1000_IAMT_SIGNATURE) &&
                    checksum == e1000_calculate_mng_checksum((char *)buffer,
                                               E1000_MNG_DHCP_COOKIE_LENGTH)) {
                    if (hdr->status &
                        E1000_MNG_DHCP_COOKIE_STATUS_PARSING_SUPPORT)
                        tx_filter = TRUE;
                } else
                    tx_filter = TRUE;
            } else
                tx_filter = TRUE;
        }
    }

    hw->tx_pkt_filtering = tx_filter;
    return tx_filter;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Verifies the hardware needs to allow ARPs to be processed by the host
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *
 * returns: - TRUE/FALSE
 *
 *****************************************************************************/
uint32_t
e1000_enable_mng_pass_thru(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t manc;
    uint32_t fwsm, factps;

    if (hw->asf_firmware_present) {
        manc = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MANC);

        if (!(manc & E1000_MANC_RCV_TCO_EN) ||
            !(manc & E1000_MANC_EN_MAC_ADDR_FILTER))
            return FALSE;
        if (e1000_arc_subsystem_valid(hw) == TRUE) {
            fwsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, FWSM);
            factps = E1000_READ_REG(hw, FACTPS);

            if (((fwsm & E1000_FWSM_MODE_MASK) ==
                (e1000_mng_mode_pt << E1000_FWSM_MODE_SHIFT)) &&
                (factps & E1000_FACTPS_MNGCG))
                return TRUE;
        } else
            if ((manc & E1000_MANC_SMBUS_EN) && !(manc & E1000_MANC_ASF_EN))
                return TRUE;
    }
    return FALSE;
}

static int32_t
e1000_polarity_reversal_workaround(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t mii_status_reg;
    uint16_t i;

    /* Polarity reversal workaround for forced 10F/10H links. */

    /* Disable the transmitter on the PHY */

    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0019);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;
    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, 0xFFFF);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0000);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    /* This loop will early-out if the NO link condition has been met. */
    for(i = PHY_FORCE_TIME; i > 0; i--) {
        /* Read the MII Status Register and wait for Link Status bit
         * to be clear.
         */

        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        if((mii_status_reg & ~MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) == 0) break;
        msec_delay_irq(100);
    }

    /* Recommended delay time after link has been lost */
    msec_delay_irq(1000);

    /* Now we will re-enable th transmitter on the PHY */

    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0019);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;
    msec_delay_irq(50);
    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, 0xFFF0);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;
    msec_delay_irq(50);
    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, 0xFF00);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;
    msec_delay_irq(50);
    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, 0x0000);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0000);
    if(ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    /* This loop will early-out if the link condition has been met. */
    for(i = PHY_FORCE_TIME; i > 0; i--) {
        /* Read the MII Status Register and wait for Link Status bit
         * to be set.
         */

        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
        if(ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        if(mii_status_reg & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) break;
        msec_delay_irq(100);
    }
    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/***************************************************************************
 *
 * Disables PCI-Express master access.
 *
 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *
 * returns: - none.
 *
 ***************************************************************************/
static void
e1000_set_pci_express_master_disable(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t ctrl;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_pci_express_master_disable");

    if (hw->bus_type != e1000_bus_type_pci_express)
        return;

    ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
    ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_GIO_MASTER_DISABLE;
    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
}

/***************************************************************************
 *
 * Enables PCI-Express master access.
 *
 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *
 * returns: - none.
 *
 ***************************************************************************/
void
e1000_enable_pciex_master(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t ctrl;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_enable_pciex_master");

    if (hw->bus_type != e1000_bus_type_pci_express)
        return;

    ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
    ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_GIO_MASTER_DISABLE;
    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
}

/*******************************************************************************
 *
 * Disables PCI-Express master access and verifies there are no pending requests
 *
 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *
 * returns: - E1000_ERR_MASTER_REQUESTS_PENDING if master disable bit hasn't
 *            caused the master requests to be disabled.
 *            E1000_SUCCESS master requests disabled.
 *
 ******************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_disable_pciex_master(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    int32_t timeout = MASTER_DISABLE_TIMEOUT;   /* 80ms */

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_disable_pciex_master");

    if (hw->bus_type != e1000_bus_type_pci_express)
        return E1000_SUCCESS;

    e1000_set_pci_express_master_disable(hw);

    while(timeout) {
        if(!(E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_GIO_MASTER_ENABLE))
            break;
        else
            udelay(100);
        timeout--;
    }

    if(!timeout) {
        DEBUGOUT("Master requests are pending.\n");
        return -E1000_ERR_MASTER_REQUESTS_PENDING;
    }

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/*******************************************************************************
 *
 * Check for EEPROM Auto Read bit done.
 *
 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *
 * returns: - E1000_ERR_RESET if fail to reset MAC
 *            E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
 *
 ******************************************************************************/
static int32_t
e1000_get_auto_rd_done(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    int32_t timeout = AUTO_READ_DONE_TIMEOUT;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_get_auto_rd_done");

    switch (hw->mac_type) {
    default:
        msec_delay(5);
        break;
    case e1000_82571:
    case e1000_82572:
    case e1000_82573:
    case e1000_80003es2lan:
    case e1000_ich8lan:
        while (timeout) {
            if (E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD) & E1000_EECD_AUTO_RD)
                break;
            else msec_delay(1);
            timeout--;
        }

        if(!timeout) {
            DEBUGOUT("Auto read by HW from EEPROM has not completed.\n");
            return -E1000_ERR_RESET;
        }
        break;
    }

    /* PHY configuration from NVM just starts after EECD_AUTO_RD sets to high.
     * Need to wait for PHY configuration completion before accessing NVM
     * and PHY. */
    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573)
        msec_delay(25);

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/***************************************************************************
 * Checks if the PHY configuration is done
 *
 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *
 * returns: - E1000_ERR_RESET if fail to reset MAC
 *            E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
 *
 ***************************************************************************/
static int32_t
e1000_get_phy_cfg_done(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    int32_t timeout = PHY_CFG_TIMEOUT;
    uint32_t cfg_mask = E1000_EEPROM_CFG_DONE;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_get_phy_cfg_done");

    switch (hw->mac_type) {
    default:
        msec_delay_irq(10);
        break;
    case e1000_80003es2lan:
        /* Separate *_CFG_DONE_* bit for each port */
        if (E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_FUNC_1)
            cfg_mask = E1000_EEPROM_CFG_DONE_PORT_1;
        /* Fall Through */
    case e1000_82571:
    case e1000_82572:
        while (timeout) {
            if (E1000_READ_REG(hw, EEMNGCTL) & cfg_mask)
                break;
            else
                msec_delay(1);
            timeout--;
        }

        if (!timeout) {
            DEBUGOUT("MNG configuration cycle has not completed.\n");
            return -E1000_ERR_RESET;
        }
        break;
    }

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/***************************************************************************
 *
 * Using the combination of SMBI and SWESMBI semaphore bits when resetting
 * adapter or Eeprom access.
 *
 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *
 * returns: - E1000_ERR_EEPROM if fail to access EEPROM.
 *            E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
 *
 ***************************************************************************/
static int32_t
e1000_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    int32_t timeout;
    uint32_t swsm;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore");

    if(!hw->eeprom_semaphore_present)
        return E1000_SUCCESS;

    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) {
        /* Get the SW semaphore. */
        if (e1000_get_software_semaphore(hw) != E1000_SUCCESS)
            return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
    }

    /* Get the FW semaphore. */
    timeout = hw->eeprom.word_size + 1;
    while(timeout) {
        swsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SWSM);
        swsm |= E1000_SWSM_SWESMBI;
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, SWSM, swsm);
        /* if we managed to set the bit we got the semaphore. */
        swsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SWSM);
        if(swsm & E1000_SWSM_SWESMBI)
            break;

        udelay(50);
        timeout--;
    }

    if(!timeout) {
        /* Release semaphores */
        e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw);
        DEBUGOUT("Driver can't access the Eeprom - SWESMBI bit is set.\n");
        return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
    }

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/***************************************************************************
 * This function clears HW semaphore bits.
 *
 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *
 * returns: - None.
 *
 ***************************************************************************/
static void
e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t swsm;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore");

    if(!hw->eeprom_semaphore_present)
        return;

    swsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SWSM);
    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) {
        /* Release both semaphores. */
        swsm &= ~(E1000_SWSM_SMBI | E1000_SWSM_SWESMBI);
    } else
        swsm &= ~(E1000_SWSM_SWESMBI);
    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, SWSM, swsm);
}

/***************************************************************************
 *
 * Obtaining software semaphore bit (SMBI) before resetting PHY.
 *
 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *
 * returns: - E1000_ERR_RESET if fail to obtain semaphore.
 *            E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
 *
 ***************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_get_software_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    int32_t timeout = hw->eeprom.word_size + 1;
    uint32_t swsm;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_get_software_semaphore");

    if (hw->mac_type != e1000_80003es2lan)
        return E1000_SUCCESS;

    while(timeout) {
        swsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SWSM);
        /* If SMBI bit cleared, it is now set and we hold the semaphore */
        if(!(swsm & E1000_SWSM_SMBI))
            break;
        msec_delay_irq(1);
        timeout--;
    }

    if(!timeout) {
        DEBUGOUT("Driver can't access device - SMBI bit is set.\n");
        return -E1000_ERR_RESET;
    }

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/***************************************************************************
 *
 * Release semaphore bit (SMBI).
 *
 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *
 ***************************************************************************/
void
e1000_release_software_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t swsm;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_release_software_semaphore");

    if (hw->mac_type != e1000_80003es2lan)
        return;

    swsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SWSM);
    /* Release the SW semaphores.*/
    swsm &= ~E1000_SWSM_SMBI;
    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, SWSM, swsm);
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Checks if PHY reset is blocked due to SOL/IDER session, for example.
 * Returning E1000_BLK_PHY_RESET isn't necessarily an error.  But it's up to
 * the caller to figure out how to deal with it.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *
 * returns: - E1000_BLK_PHY_RESET
 *            E1000_SUCCESS
 *
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_check_phy_reset_block(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t manc = 0;
    uint32_t fwsm = 0;

    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
        fwsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, FWSM);
        return (fwsm & E1000_FWSM_RSPCIPHY) ? E1000_SUCCESS
                                            : E1000_BLK_PHY_RESET;
    }

    if (hw->mac_type > e1000_82547_rev_2)
        manc = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MANC);
    return (manc & E1000_MANC_BLK_PHY_RST_ON_IDE) ?
	    E1000_BLK_PHY_RESET : E1000_SUCCESS;
}

static uint8_t
e1000_arc_subsystem_valid(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t fwsm;

    /* On 8257x silicon, registers in the range of 0x8800 - 0x8FFC
     * may not be provided a DMA clock when no manageability features are
     * enabled.  We do not want to perform any reads/writes to these registers
     * if this is the case.  We read FWSM to determine the manageability mode.
     */
    switch (hw->mac_type) {
    case e1000_82571:
    case e1000_82572:
    case e1000_82573:
    case e1000_80003es2lan:
        fwsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, FWSM);
        if((fwsm & E1000_FWSM_MODE_MASK) != 0)
            return TRUE;
        break;
    case e1000_ich8lan:
        return TRUE;
    default:
        break;
    }
    return FALSE;
}


/******************************************************************************
 * Configure PCI-Ex no-snoop
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code.
 * no_snoop - Bitmap of no-snoop events.
 *
 * returns: E1000_SUCCESS
 *
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_set_pci_ex_no_snoop(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t no_snoop)
{
    uint32_t gcr_reg = 0;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_pci_ex_no_snoop");

    if (hw->bus_type == e1000_bus_type_unknown)
        e1000_get_bus_info(hw);

    if (hw->bus_type != e1000_bus_type_pci_express)
        return E1000_SUCCESS;

    if (no_snoop) {
        gcr_reg = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GCR);
        gcr_reg &= ~(PCI_EX_NO_SNOOP_ALL);
        gcr_reg |= no_snoop;
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, GCR, gcr_reg);
    }
    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
        uint32_t ctrl_ext;

        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, GCR, PCI_EX_82566_SNOOP_ALL);

        ctrl_ext = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT);
        ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_RO_DIS;
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
    }

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/***************************************************************************
 *
 * Get software semaphore FLAG bit (SWFLAG).
 * SWFLAG is used to synchronize the access to all shared resource between
 * SW, FW and HW.
 *
 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *
 ***************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_get_software_flag(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    int32_t timeout = PHY_CFG_TIMEOUT;
    uint32_t extcnf_ctrl;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_get_software_flag");

    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
        while (timeout) {
            extcnf_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EXTCNF_CTRL);
            extcnf_ctrl |= E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_SWFLAG;
            E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EXTCNF_CTRL, extcnf_ctrl);

            extcnf_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EXTCNF_CTRL);
            if (extcnf_ctrl & E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_SWFLAG)
                break;
            msec_delay_irq(1);
            timeout--;
        }

        if (!timeout) {
            DEBUGOUT("FW or HW locks the resource too long.\n");
            return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
        }
    }

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}

/***************************************************************************
 *
 * Release software semaphore FLAG bit (SWFLAG).
 * SWFLAG is used to synchronize the access to all shared resource between
 * SW, FW and HW.
 *
 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *
 ***************************************************************************/
void
e1000_release_software_flag(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t extcnf_ctrl;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_release_software_flag");

    if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
        extcnf_ctrl= E1000_READ_REG(hw, EXTCNF_CTRL);
        extcnf_ctrl &= ~E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_SWFLAG;
        E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EXTCNF_CTRL, extcnf_ctrl);
    }

    return;
}

/***************************************************************************
 *
 * Disable dynamic power down mode in ife PHY.
 * It can be used to workaround band-gap problem.
 *
 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *
 ***************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_ife_disable_dynamic_power_down(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint16_t phy_data;
    int32_t ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_ife_disable_dynamic_power_down");

    if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife) {
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_SPECIAL_CONTROL, &phy_data);
        if (ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        phy_data |=  IFE_PSC_DISABLE_DYNAMIC_POWER_DOWN;
        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_SPECIAL_CONTROL, phy_data);
    }

    return ret_val;
}

/***************************************************************************
 *
 * Enable dynamic power down mode in ife PHY.
 * It can be used to workaround band-gap problem.
 *
 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *
 ***************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_ife_enable_dynamic_power_down(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint16_t phy_data;
    int32_t ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_ife_enable_dynamic_power_down");

    if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife) {
        ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_SPECIAL_CONTROL, &phy_data);
        if (ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        phy_data &=  ~IFE_PSC_DISABLE_DYNAMIC_POWER_DOWN;
        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_SPECIAL_CONTROL, phy_data);
    }

    return ret_val;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Reads a 16 bit word or words from the EEPROM using the ICH8's flash access
 * register.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * offset - offset of word in the EEPROM to read
 * data - word read from the EEPROM
 * words - number of words to read
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_read_eeprom_ich8(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t offset, uint16_t words,
                       uint16_t *data)
{
    int32_t  error = E1000_SUCCESS;
    uint32_t flash_bank = 0;
    uint32_t act_offset = 0;
    uint32_t bank_offset = 0;
    uint16_t word = 0;
    uint16_t i = 0;

    /* We need to know which is the valid flash bank.  In the event
     * that we didn't allocate eeprom_shadow_ram, we may not be
     * managing flash_bank.  So it cannot be trusted and needs
     * to be updated with each read.
     */
    /* Value of bit 22 corresponds to the flash bank we're on. */
    flash_bank = (E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD) & E1000_EECD_SEC1VAL) ? 1 : 0;

    /* Adjust offset appropriately if we're on bank 1 - adjust for word size */
    bank_offset = flash_bank * (hw->flash_bank_size * 2);

    error = e1000_get_software_flag(hw);
    if (error != E1000_SUCCESS)
        return error;

    for (i = 0; i < words; i++) {
        if (hw->eeprom_shadow_ram != NULL &&
            hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[offset+i].modified == TRUE) {
            data[i] = hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[offset+i].eeprom_word;
        } else {
            /* The NVM part needs a byte offset, hence * 2 */
            act_offset = bank_offset + ((offset + i) * 2);
            error = e1000_read_ich8_word(hw, act_offset, &word);
            if (error != E1000_SUCCESS)
                break;
            data[i] = word;
        }
    }

    e1000_release_software_flag(hw);

    return error;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Writes a 16 bit word or words to the EEPROM using the ICH8's flash access
 * register.  Actually, writes are written to the shadow ram cache in the hw
 * structure hw->e1000_shadow_ram.  e1000_commit_shadow_ram flushes this to
 * the NVM, which occurs when the NVM checksum is updated.
 *
 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 * offset - offset of word in the EEPROM to write
 * words - number of words to write
 * data - words to write to the EEPROM
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_write_eeprom_ich8(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t offset, uint16_t words,
                        uint16_t *data)
{
    uint32_t i = 0;
    int32_t error = E1000_SUCCESS;

    error = e1000_get_software_flag(hw);
    if (error != E1000_SUCCESS)
        return error;

    /* A driver can write to the NVM only if it has eeprom_shadow_ram
     * allocated.  Subsequent reads to the modified words are read from
     * this cached structure as well.  Writes will only go into this
     * cached structure unless it's followed by a call to
     * e1000_update_eeprom_checksum() where it will commit the changes
     * and clear the "modified" field.
     */
    if (hw->eeprom_shadow_ram != NULL) {
        for (i = 0; i < words; i++) {
            if ((offset + i) < E1000_SHADOW_RAM_WORDS) {
                hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[offset+i].modified = TRUE;
                hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[offset+i].eeprom_word = data[i];
            } else {
                error = -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
                break;
            }
        }
    } else {
        /* Drivers have the option to not allocate eeprom_shadow_ram as long
         * as they don't perform any NVM writes.  An attempt in doing so
         * will result in this error.
         */
        error = -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
    }

    e1000_release_software_flag(hw);

    return error;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * This function does initial flash setup so that a new read/write/erase cycle
 * can be started.
 *
 * hw - The pointer to the hw structure
 ****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_ich8_cycle_init(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    union ich8_hws_flash_status hsfsts;
    int32_t error = E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
    int32_t i     = 0;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_ich8_cycle_init");

    hsfsts.regval = E1000_READ_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFSTS);

    /* May be check the Flash Des Valid bit in Hw status */
    if (hsfsts.hsf_status.fldesvalid == 0) {
        DEBUGOUT("Flash descriptor invalid.  SW Sequencing must be used.");
        return error;
    }

    /* Clear FCERR in Hw status by writing 1 */
    /* Clear DAEL in Hw status by writing a 1 */
    hsfsts.hsf_status.flcerr = 1;
    hsfsts.hsf_status.dael = 1;

    E1000_WRITE_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFSTS, hsfsts.regval);

    /* Either we should have a hardware SPI cycle in progress bit to check
     * against, in order to start a new cycle or FDONE bit should be changed
     * in the hardware so that it is 1 after harware reset, which can then be
     * used as an indication whether a cycle is in progress or has been
     * completed .. we should also have some software semaphore mechanism to
     * guard FDONE or the cycle in progress bit so that two threads access to
     * those bits can be sequentiallized or a way so that 2 threads dont
     * start the cycle at the same time */

    if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcinprog == 0) {
        /* There is no cycle running at present, so we can start a cycle */
        /* Begin by setting Flash Cycle Done. */
        hsfsts.hsf_status.flcdone = 1;
        E1000_WRITE_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFSTS, hsfsts.regval);
        error = E1000_SUCCESS;
    } else {
        /* otherwise poll for sometime so the current cycle has a chance
         * to end before giving up. */
        for (i = 0; i < ICH8_FLASH_COMMAND_TIMEOUT; i++) {
            hsfsts.regval = E1000_READ_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFSTS);
            if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcinprog == 0) {
                error = E1000_SUCCESS;
                break;
            }
            udelay(1);
        }
        if (error == E1000_SUCCESS) {
            /* Successful in waiting for previous cycle to timeout,
             * now set the Flash Cycle Done. */
            hsfsts.hsf_status.flcdone = 1;
            E1000_WRITE_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFSTS, hsfsts.regval);
        } else {
            DEBUGOUT("Flash controller busy, cannot get access");
        }
    }
    return error;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * This function starts a flash cycle and waits for its completion
 *
 * hw - The pointer to the hw structure
 ****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_ich8_flash_cycle(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t timeout)
{
    union ich8_hws_flash_ctrl hsflctl;
    union ich8_hws_flash_status hsfsts;
    int32_t error = E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
    uint32_t i = 0;

    /* Start a cycle by writing 1 in Flash Cycle Go in Hw Flash Control */
    hsflctl.regval = E1000_READ_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFCTL);
    hsflctl.hsf_ctrl.flcgo = 1;
    E1000_WRITE_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFCTL, hsflctl.regval);

    /* wait till FDONE bit is set to 1 */
    do {
        hsfsts.regval = E1000_READ_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFSTS);
        if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcdone == 1)
            break;
        udelay(1);
        i++;
    } while (i < timeout);
    if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcdone == 1 && hsfsts.hsf_status.flcerr == 0) {
        error = E1000_SUCCESS;
    }
    return error;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Reads a byte or word from the NVM using the ICH8 flash access registers.
 *
 * hw - The pointer to the hw structure
 * index - The index of the byte or word to read.
 * size - Size of data to read, 1=byte 2=word
 * data - Pointer to the word to store the value read.
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_read_ich8_data(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t index,
                     uint32_t size, uint16_t* data)
{
    union ich8_hws_flash_status hsfsts;
    union ich8_hws_flash_ctrl hsflctl;
    uint32_t flash_linear_address;
    uint32_t flash_data = 0;
    int32_t error = -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
    int32_t count = 0;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_read_ich8_data");

    if (size < 1  || size > 2 || data == 0x0 ||
        index > ICH8_FLASH_LINEAR_ADDR_MASK)
        return error;

    flash_linear_address = (ICH8_FLASH_LINEAR_ADDR_MASK & index) +
                           hw->flash_base_addr;

    do {
        udelay(1);
        /* Steps */
        error = e1000_ich8_cycle_init(hw);
        if (error != E1000_SUCCESS)
            break;

        hsflctl.regval = E1000_READ_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFCTL);
        /* 0b/1b corresponds to 1 or 2 byte size, respectively. */
        hsflctl.hsf_ctrl.fldbcount = size - 1;
        hsflctl.hsf_ctrl.flcycle = ICH8_CYCLE_READ;
        E1000_WRITE_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFCTL, hsflctl.regval);

        /* Write the last 24 bits of index into Flash Linear address field in
         * Flash Address */
        /* TODO: TBD maybe check the index against the size of flash */

        E1000_WRITE_ICH8_REG(hw, ICH8_FLASH_FADDR, flash_linear_address);

        error = e1000_ich8_flash_cycle(hw, ICH8_FLASH_COMMAND_TIMEOUT);

        /* Check if FCERR is set to 1, if set to 1, clear it and try the whole
         * sequence a few more times, else read in (shift in) the Flash Data0,
         * the order is least significant byte first msb to lsb */
        if (error == E1000_SUCCESS) {
            flash_data = E1000_READ_ICH8_REG(hw, ICH8_FLASH_FDATA0);
            if (size == 1) {
                *data = (uint8_t)(flash_data & 0x000000FF);
            } else if (size == 2) {
                *data = (uint16_t)(flash_data & 0x0000FFFF);
            }
            break;
        } else {
            /* If we've gotten here, then things are probably completely hosed,
             * but if the error condition is detected, it won't hurt to give
             * it another try...ICH8_FLASH_CYCLE_REPEAT_COUNT times.
             */
            hsfsts.regval = E1000_READ_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFSTS);
            if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcerr == 1) {
                /* Repeat for some time before giving up. */
                continue;
            } else if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcdone == 0) {
                DEBUGOUT("Timeout error - flash cycle did not complete.");
                break;
            }
        }
    } while (count++ < ICH8_FLASH_CYCLE_REPEAT_COUNT);

    return error;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Writes One /two bytes to the NVM using the ICH8 flash access registers.
 *
 * hw - The pointer to the hw structure
 * index - The index of the byte/word to read.
 * size - Size of data to read, 1=byte 2=word
 * data - The byte(s) to write to the NVM.
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_write_ich8_data(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t index, uint32_t size,
                      uint16_t data)
{
    union ich8_hws_flash_status hsfsts;
    union ich8_hws_flash_ctrl hsflctl;
    uint32_t flash_linear_address;
    uint32_t flash_data = 0;
    int32_t error = -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
    int32_t count = 0;

    DEBUGFUNC("e1000_write_ich8_data");

    if (size < 1  || size > 2 || data > size * 0xff ||
        index > ICH8_FLASH_LINEAR_ADDR_MASK)
        return error;

    flash_linear_address = (ICH8_FLASH_LINEAR_ADDR_MASK & index) +
                           hw->flash_base_addr;

    do {
        udelay(1);
        /* Steps */
        error = e1000_ich8_cycle_init(hw);
        if (error != E1000_SUCCESS)
            break;

        hsflctl.regval = E1000_READ_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFCTL);
        /* 0b/1b corresponds to 1 or 2 byte size, respectively. */
        hsflctl.hsf_ctrl.fldbcount = size -1;
        hsflctl.hsf_ctrl.flcycle = ICH8_CYCLE_WRITE;
        E1000_WRITE_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFCTL, hsflctl.regval);

        /* Write the last 24 bits of index into Flash Linear address field in
         * Flash Address */
        E1000_WRITE_ICH8_REG(hw, ICH8_FLASH_FADDR, flash_linear_address);

        if (size == 1)
            flash_data = (uint32_t)data & 0x00FF;
        else
            flash_data = (uint32_t)data;

        E1000_WRITE_ICH8_REG(hw, ICH8_FLASH_FDATA0, flash_data);

        /* check if FCERR is set to 1 , if set to 1, clear it and try the whole
         * sequence a few more times else done */
        error = e1000_ich8_flash_cycle(hw, ICH8_FLASH_COMMAND_TIMEOUT);
        if (error == E1000_SUCCESS) {
            break;
        } else {
            /* If we're here, then things are most likely completely hosed,
             * but if the error condition is detected, it won't hurt to give
             * it another try...ICH8_FLASH_CYCLE_REPEAT_COUNT times.
             */
            hsfsts.regval = E1000_READ_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFSTS);
            if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcerr == 1) {
                /* Repeat for some time before giving up. */
                continue;
            } else if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcdone == 0) {
                DEBUGOUT("Timeout error - flash cycle did not complete.");
                break;
            }
        }
    } while (count++ < ICH8_FLASH_CYCLE_REPEAT_COUNT);

    return error;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Reads a single byte from the NVM using the ICH8 flash access registers.
 *
 * hw - pointer to e1000_hw structure
 * index - The index of the byte to read.
 * data - Pointer to a byte to store the value read.
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_read_ich8_byte(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t index, uint8_t* data)
{
    int32_t status = E1000_SUCCESS;
    uint16_t word = 0;

    status = e1000_read_ich8_data(hw, index, 1, &word);
    if (status == E1000_SUCCESS) {
        *data = (uint8_t)word;
    }

    return status;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Writes a single byte to the NVM using the ICH8 flash access registers.
 * Performs verification by reading back the value and then going through
 * a retry algorithm before giving up.
 *
 * hw - pointer to e1000_hw structure
 * index - The index of the byte to write.
 * byte - The byte to write to the NVM.
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_verify_write_ich8_byte(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t index, uint8_t byte)
{
    int32_t error = E1000_SUCCESS;
    int32_t program_retries;
    uint8_t temp_byte;

    e1000_write_ich8_byte(hw, index, byte);
    udelay(100);

    for (program_retries = 0; program_retries < 100; program_retries++) {
        e1000_read_ich8_byte(hw, index, &temp_byte);
        if (temp_byte == byte)
            break;
        udelay(10);
        e1000_write_ich8_byte(hw, index, byte);
        udelay(100);
    }
    if (program_retries == 100)
        error = E1000_ERR_EEPROM;

    return error;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Writes a single byte to the NVM using the ICH8 flash access registers.
 *
 * hw - pointer to e1000_hw structure
 * index - The index of the byte to read.
 * data - The byte to write to the NVM.
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_write_ich8_byte(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t index, uint8_t data)
{
    int32_t status = E1000_SUCCESS;
    uint16_t word = (uint16_t)data;

    status = e1000_write_ich8_data(hw, index, 1, word);

    return status;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Reads a word from the NVM using the ICH8 flash access registers.
 *
 * hw - pointer to e1000_hw structure
 * index - The starting byte index of the word to read.
 * data - Pointer to a word to store the value read.
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_read_ich8_word(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t index, uint16_t *data)
{
    int32_t status = E1000_SUCCESS;
    status = e1000_read_ich8_data(hw, index, 2, data);
    return status;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Writes a word to the NVM using the ICH8 flash access registers.
 *
 * hw - pointer to e1000_hw structure
 * index - The starting byte index of the word to read.
 * data - The word to write to the NVM.
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_write_ich8_word(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t index, uint16_t data)
{
    int32_t status = E1000_SUCCESS;
    status = e1000_write_ich8_data(hw, index, 2, data);
    return status;
}

/******************************************************************************
 * Erases the bank specified. Each bank is a 4k block. Segments are 0 based.
 * segment N is 4096 * N + flash_reg_addr.
 *
 * hw - pointer to e1000_hw structure
 * segment - 0 for first segment, 1 for second segment, etc.
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_erase_ich8_4k_segment(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t segment)
{
    union ich8_hws_flash_status hsfsts;
    union ich8_hws_flash_ctrl hsflctl;
    uint32_t flash_linear_address;
    int32_t  count = 0;
    int32_t  error = E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
    int32_t  iteration, seg_size;
    int32_t  sector_size;
    int32_t  j = 0;
    int32_t  error_flag = 0;

    hsfsts.regval = E1000_READ_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFSTS);

    /* Determine HW Sector size: Read BERASE bits of Hw flash Status register */
    /* 00: The Hw sector is 256 bytes, hence we need to erase 16
     *     consecutive sectors.  The start index for the nth Hw sector can be
     *     calculated as = segment * 4096 + n * 256
     * 01: The Hw sector is 4K bytes, hence we need to erase 1 sector.
     *     The start index for the nth Hw sector can be calculated
     *     as = segment * 4096
     * 10: Error condition
     * 11: The Hw sector size is much bigger than the size asked to
     *     erase...error condition */
    if (hsfsts.hsf_status.berasesz == 0x0) {
        /* Hw sector size 256 */
        sector_size = seg_size = ICH8_FLASH_SEG_SIZE_256;
        iteration = ICH8_FLASH_SECTOR_SIZE / ICH8_FLASH_SEG_SIZE_256;
    } else if (hsfsts.hsf_status.berasesz == 0x1) {
        sector_size = seg_size = ICH8_FLASH_SEG_SIZE_4K;
        iteration = 1;
    } else if (hsfsts.hsf_status.berasesz == 0x3) {
        sector_size = seg_size = ICH8_FLASH_SEG_SIZE_64K;
        iteration = 1;
    } else {
        return error;
    }

    for (j = 0; j < iteration ; j++) {
        do {
            count++;
            /* Steps */
            error = e1000_ich8_cycle_init(hw);
            if (error != E1000_SUCCESS) {
                error_flag = 1;
                break;
            }

            /* Write a value 11 (block Erase) in Flash Cycle field in Hw flash
             * Control */
            hsflctl.regval = E1000_READ_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFCTL);
            hsflctl.hsf_ctrl.flcycle = ICH8_CYCLE_ERASE;
            E1000_WRITE_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFCTL, hsflctl.regval);

            /* Write the last 24 bits of an index within the block into Flash
             * Linear address field in Flash Address.  This probably needs to
             * be calculated here based off the on-chip segment size and the
             * software segment size assumed (4K) */
            /* TBD */
            flash_linear_address = segment * sector_size + j * seg_size;
            flash_linear_address &= ICH8_FLASH_LINEAR_ADDR_MASK;
            flash_linear_address += hw->flash_base_addr;

            E1000_WRITE_ICH8_REG(hw, ICH8_FLASH_FADDR, flash_linear_address);

            error = e1000_ich8_flash_cycle(hw, 1000000);
            /* Check if FCERR is set to 1.  If 1, clear it and try the whole
             * sequence a few more times else Done */
            if (error == E1000_SUCCESS) {
                break;
            } else {
                hsfsts.regval = E1000_READ_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFSTS);
                if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcerr == 1) {
                    /* repeat for some time before giving up */
                    continue;
                } else if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcdone == 0) {
                    error_flag = 1;
                    break;
                }
            }
        } while ((count < ICH8_FLASH_CYCLE_REPEAT_COUNT) && !error_flag);
        if (error_flag == 1)
            break;
    }
    if (error_flag != 1)
        error = E1000_SUCCESS;
    return error;
}

/******************************************************************************
 *
 * Reverse duplex setting without breaking the link.
 *
 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
 *
 *****************************************************************************/
int32_t
e1000_duplex_reversal(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    int32_t ret_val;
    uint16_t phy_data;

    if (hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_igp_3)
        return E1000_SUCCESS;

    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, &phy_data);
    if (ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    phy_data ^= MII_CR_FULL_DUPLEX;

    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, phy_data);
    if (ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP3E1000_PHY_MISC_CTRL, &phy_data);
    if (ret_val)
        return ret_val;

    phy_data |= IGP3_PHY_MISC_DUPLEX_MANUAL_SET;
    ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP3E1000_PHY_MISC_CTRL, phy_data);

    return ret_val;
}

int32_t
e1000_init_lcd_from_nvm_config_region(struct e1000_hw *hw,
                                      uint32_t cnf_base_addr, uint32_t cnf_size)
{
    uint32_t ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;
    uint16_t word_addr, reg_data, reg_addr;
    uint16_t i;

    /* cnf_base_addr is in DWORD */
    word_addr = (uint16_t)(cnf_base_addr << 1);

    /* cnf_size is returned in size of dwords */
    for (i = 0; i < cnf_size; i++) {
        ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom(hw, (word_addr + i*2), 1, &reg_data);
        if (ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom(hw, (word_addr + i*2 + 1), 1, &reg_addr);
        if (ret_val)
            return ret_val;

        ret_val = e1000_get_software_flag(hw);
        if (ret_val != E1000_SUCCESS)
            return ret_val;

        ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw, (uint32_t)reg_addr, reg_data);

        e1000_release_software_flag(hw);
    }

    return ret_val;
}


int32_t
e1000_init_lcd_from_nvm(struct e1000_hw *hw)
{
    uint32_t reg_data, cnf_base_addr, cnf_size, ret_val, loop;

    if (hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_igp_3)
          return E1000_SUCCESS;

    /* Check if SW needs configure the PHY */
    reg_data = E1000_READ_REG(hw, FEXTNVM);
    if (!(reg_data & FEXTNVM_SW_CONFIG))
        return E1000_SUCCESS;

    /* Wait for basic configuration completes before proceeding*/
    loop = 0;
    do {
        reg_data = E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_LAN_INIT_DONE;
        udelay(100);
        loop++;
    } while ((!reg_data) && (loop < 50));

    /* Clear the Init Done bit for the next init event */
    reg_data = E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS);
    reg_data &= ~E1000_STATUS_LAN_INIT_DONE;
    E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, STATUS, reg_data);

    /* Make sure HW does not configure LCD from PHY extended configuration
       before SW configuration */
    reg_data = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EXTCNF_CTRL);
    if ((reg_data & E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_LCD_WRITE_ENABLE) == 0x0000) {
        reg_data = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EXTCNF_SIZE);
        cnf_size = reg_data & E1000_EXTCNF_SIZE_EXT_PCIE_LENGTH;
        cnf_size >>= 16;
        if (cnf_size) {
            reg_data = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EXTCNF_CTRL);
            cnf_base_addr = reg_data & E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_EXT_CNF_POINTER;
            /* cnf_base_addr is in DWORD */
            cnf_base_addr >>= 16;

            /* Configure LCD from extended configuration region. */
            ret_val = e1000_init_lcd_from_nvm_config_region(hw, cnf_base_addr,
                                                            cnf_size);
            if (ret_val)
                return ret_val;
        }
    }

    return E1000_SUCCESS;
}